Home

Temprecord TRW User`s Manual – PDF

1. 2 It is still possible to start the logger by any of the other means i e with the switcher the HD buttons or by using the Program Start Logger function of Temprecord It is possible to program the logger so that it cannot be started with the switcher and or the button see the topics start and stop with switcher and start and stop with button for more information If the logger is started by any of these means the start time and date is ignored See also Sample rate issues Logging duration Start delay Start and stop with switcher Start and stop with button Enable safe range Sample period User data Password Re using a logger 5 10 Password Temprecord loggers can be protected with a password actually a number If the password is set it is not possible to alter the parameters or re use the logger If you wish to protect the user data you can enter a number into this field This will prevent anyone altering the user data or the sample period and start delay unless they know the password also The password can be a number up to 8 digits If you specify zero as the password this is equivalent to no password and anyone will be able to alter the user data start delay or sample period The password will not display as you type it You must enter the password twice once in the Password field and again in the Confirm field These two passwords must match You do not need to specify 8 digits We reco
2. cceceeeceeeeeeeeeeenseeeeeeesneeeeeenseeeeeeeeseeneeenseeeeeeenss 198 This Temprecord can only be started by snapping Off a tab cccsseceeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeenseeeeeeenes 198 This Temprecord can only be stopped by snapping Off a tab c secccsseeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeenes 198 WX AUM COU acs ioisa E cece Leth cates ed Sees cece teideent T A 198 Unable access parameters Temprecord is probably faulty ccceseeccseseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 198 Unable to access parameters Temprecord has been Started sss seeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 198 Unable to access parameters Temprecord has finished lOQGind sssseecsssseereeseeseees 199 Unable to access parameters Temprecord must be re used firSt cceeeeeeseeeseeeees 199 Unable to access Temprecord after re USC s ss eceeceeeeeeeeneneeeeeeeeeeeeenseneeeaeeeeeeseeeseneeneenenes 199 Unable to access Temprecord after starting cccceseeceseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeneeseseeneeeseseeeeneneeeenenes 199 Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Lt Contents 11 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 Unable to access Temprecord after StOPPiInG ccceseeeceseeeeeeeeseeeeseeseeneeseseeneeeseseeneeeeseeenenes 199 Unable to access Temprecord lOQQer sssecccseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeseseeneeseeseeneeseseseeeeses
3. Contents 19 F4 key 4 Moves the graph sample cursor to the minimum values sample This button is only functional if there is logger or file data loaded and graph view mode is selected The same function is available with the View Goto Minimum menu entry or by pressing the F5 key Note that only the samples between the start and end samples are considered when Temprecord searches for the minimum value l Moves the graph sample cursor to the maximum values sample This button is only functional if there is logger or file data loaded and graph view mode is selected The same function is available with the View Goto Maximum menu entry or by pressing the F6 key Note that only the samples between the start and end samples are considered when Temprecord searches for the maximum value Zooms to the preset values for the time and temperature axes specified in the graph view options page See the topic Using the Zoom Presets for more information Go to Sample Toolbar C E This toolbar is used when positioning the graph view or values view at a particular sample If the toolbar is docked or visible just click in the entry field and type a sample number followed either by the Enter key or by clicking the gt button just to the right of the field If the toolbar is not visible using the View Goto Sample menu function or the shortcut key G will cause the toolbar to be made visible Copy Toolbar a
4. sccceseecceseeeeeeeseeeeeseseeneeseeseeneeseseeeeeeseseenenenseeenanes 203 Unable to start Temprecord Unit is probably faulty cccseseeeeeseseeeseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 204 Unable to stop Temprecord Unit is probably faulty cccceseeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeees 204 Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is not in ready State ceceasaceveteces ceceaie cg cqetaccetencecuectcnceccceecteenceeteceaene csececcianes A 204 Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is of a different type ccccceseseeeeeeeeee 204 Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is Of Older typPe csssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeneeeeee 204 Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is Of newer tyPeC 0 c sss seeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseeeees 205 Unable to update parameters as Temprecord protected with PASS WOME coco eee coset EEEE EEEE ENE E E E 205 Unable to create Spreadsheet cccesseeceseeeeeeeeseeeeeseeseeneeseseeeneeseseeneeseeseenenseseeneeeseseeeeeeeeeeenenes 205 Unable to create folder sa c sccccececteceesceseticcececs ccedenseen centesdeatecuestsanstececevdeceenSteseacceluceresvstsnatascsies 205 Unable to open Spreadsheet cccceseeeceseeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeneeeeseseeeeeesesneeseeseenenseseseeeeseseeeeneneneenanes 206 Unable to open ialog s scccceseeeeceseeeeeeeseeeeeeeesesneeeeeseeneeeeseneneeeeseneeeseeseeneeenseeneeesnseeneesneeeesoees 206 Unable to save file for CrmailitnG
5. 8 96 Unable to start Temprecord Unit is probably faulty You have attempted to start a logger that reports as faulty The logger s battery may be exhausted See Also Error and Warning Messages Unable to stop Temprecord Unit is probably faulty You have attempted to stop a logger that reports as faulty The logger s battery may be exhausted See Also Error and Warning Messages Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is not in ready state Temprecord could not update the parameter data in the logger because the logger is not in the ready state This error can occur when you are using the Apply button to set the parameters of several loggers in succession and you accidentally insert a logger that has already started See Also Error and Warning Messages Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is of a different type Temprecord could not update the parameter data in the logger because the logger is of a type that is different to the logger the parameters were originally read from This error can occur when you are using the Apply button to set the parameters of several loggers in succession and you accidentally insert a logger that is of a different type from the one the parameter data was originally read from See Also Error and Warning Messages Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is of older type Temprecord could not update the parameter data in the logger because the logger in the reader interface
6. Check this option if you want Temprecord Auto Mode to read the data from the logger and save it to a PDF file The name used for the file is determined by the formatted PDF filename option The folder used is determined by the folder to save PDF files If you select the Save PDF File option the Read Logger option will be selected for you The contents of the PDF report Summary graph etc are determined by the printing options The printed pages range option is ignored when generating the PDF All pages of the report are generated to the PDF even if a page range was selected in the print to PDF dialog Email PDF File Check this option if you want Temprecord Auto Mode to email the PDF report If you select the Email PDF File option the Read Logger option will be selected for you and the data is automatically Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 176 Temprecord Help saved to a PDF file regardless of the Save PDF File auto mode option Print Report Check this option if you want Temprecord Auto Mode to send the printed report to the printer The contents of the printed report Summary graph etc are determined by the printing options All pages of the report are printed even if a page range was selected in the print dialog If you select the Print Report option the Read Logger option will be selected for you Reuse Logger Check this option if you want Temprecord to reuse the logger The logger mu
7. Temprecord International Ltd 1992 2010 P O Box 58 430 Auckland NEW ZEALAND http www temprecord com info temprecord com Portions Copyright Indy and IndySSL http Awww indyproject org Produced November 2010 2 Installation of Temprecord The Temprecord program can be installed on as many computers as you wish Just take the original installation disk that you installed this copy of Temprecord with place it in the drive of the computer you wish to install it on and run TRW SETUP EXE from the drive Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 28 Temprecord Help A IMPORTANT Don t plug in your reader interface before installing the Temprecord software Of course you will require another reader interface unit if you wish to program and start loggers on the second computer In order to use the reader interface unit your computer must have a spare USB port As part of the installation process the necessary USB driver files are normally copied to your computer and installed This part of installation normally proceeds without problems but you might need to manually install these drivers with some computers or versions of Windows See the topic Installing Temprecord Reader USB Drivers for more information When you first start to install Temprecord you may see this warning Software Installation E A The software you are installing has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility w
8. Use the Axis Color button to change the color used when displaying axis annotation the time and date and temperature values displayed along the left hand and bottom edge of the graph Graticule Color Use the Graticule Color button to change the color used when displaying the graticule lines on the graph Cursor Color Use the Cursor Color button to change the color used when displaying the sample cursor See also Zoom and presets options Copy to clipboard Excel Options Summary view options Values view options Statistics view options Using the Zoom Presets Printing Options Export Options Total Temperature Value TTV 7 10 1 Zoom and presets options Preset Zoom X Axis These fields set the date and time span that the X axis will be set to when the Zoom Window to Presets function is used The From date and time fields determine the date at the left hand side of the graph and the Until fields determine the date and time at the right hand side Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 156 Temprecord Help The preset zoom X values are not used unless the Enable box is checked If you want to zoom two or more traces to the same Y temperature span but do not want to alter the X axis time settings make sure this box is unchecked before you use the Zoom Window to Presets function Preset Zoom Y Axis These fields set the temperature span that the Y axis will be set to when th
9. ccseeccececeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseneeeesesesneeseeseseeeseseseeeeseseeneeseeneenanes 206 Unexpected Ond of File osce is ciscecsccissectedscscetcechatenc coscecacecesccduseecocceedcagaceesesequecdssdecesesesauedeedssueucees 206 Unexpected SLOMS wei ccsecceccccees ceceneceeteceseee deenanetevecnacere aiara aiaa iaaa iaaa aaa a iS 206 Unknown command Option 00 eeeeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeee ee eeeeee see eeseeeseseseeeeeeseeneeseeseseeeseseseeeeseseeeeeseseeenaees 207 Unknown logger reSPONSE ceseeeececeeeeeeeseneeee se eeeeee see seeeeesaseeeneeseseeeeeseeseeeeeseseeeeeeeeseeneeseseeenenes 208 WARNING File damaged Data may not be COrreCt seccsseceeseeeeseeeseseeeeneneeeseeesenneneeeeeeeas 208 Web file NOt TOUN aaae ea iaaea a aaa aaa aaa aaea aaan a aaae A aea aa aAa a aap ad maa rA i Poea a Sdan inis 208 Index 209 10 Temprecord International Ltd 11 12 Temprecord Help 1 1 1 2 Contents Welcome to Temprecord for Windows on line Help This screen lists the major help topics You can jump to other topics by clicking on text that is displayed like this For more information on how to use the Temprecord help system see How to Use Help License Information File Menu Program Menu View Menu Options Menu Help Menu Pop up Menus Toolbars and Speed Buttons Installation How to Use Help Getting Started with Temprecord How do l Common Problems Error and Warning Messages Command Line
10. ccseseeeceseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeneeeeseneneeeeseeneeseeseeeeesnseseeeeseseeneesnseeesoees 182 Do you wish to exit Temprecord scceeeceeeseeesteeeeneeeeeeeesesneeeeneeeeseeaeseneeeenseeeeseesaseaeeneeeeeneas 182 Do you wish to re use the Temprecord logger ccsscccesccessseeeeseeeeeseeseseeeenseeeeeseeseseeeeneeeeeseas 182 Do you wish to start the Temprecord logger ccseccsesceseseeeneeeeeeseeseseeeeneeeeeseeseseaeenseeeeneas 183 Do you wish to stop the Temprecord logger ccsseccestsessseeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeenseeeeseneseseaeeneeeeeneas 183 Encryption key and confirm are different eccccseseeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeneeseseeeeeeseseeeeeeeeneenenes 184 Error carrying out command line FUNCTIONS cceceeeeeeeseeeee ee seeeeeeeeseeeeeseseeeeeeseseenenensneenenes 184 Error Opening lt filename gt sccsseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseseeeeeeseeneeenseneneeenseseeeseeseeeeeseseeeeeesaseeneeenseeeeeees 184 Error loading Web file casseria nananana aaa eaan aana ainia 185 Error opening web file cccesseecceseseeeceseeeeeeeeseeneeeeeseeneeeeseneneeeesenneeseeseseeesnseseeeesaseeneeseseeeneees 185 Error printing to PDF fil ccsseeecssesseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeseseneeeeeesesneeseeseseeesesesneeeseseeeeeeeeneenenes 185 Error previewing PDF fil ccsssseeceseeeeeeeeseseeeeeesenneeenseneneeensenneeseeseseeesnseeeeeesnseeeeeenseesnoees 185 Error viewing PDF File serieei ienaa ANE
11. cccccsesseeesseeeeeeenseeeeeenseceeeeenseeeeeeeaseeeeeeaseeeeeesnseenenensneeeenes 30 2 Installing Temprecord Reader USB Drivel S cssccsssecceseeseseeseseeeeneeeeeseaeeeseeeeeseeeeseeseseeneneaees 31 3 Installing the USB Drivers Manually cccscecsesceseseeeeseeeeeceseseeeeneeeeeseaeseseeeenseeeesnaesnseeneeseees 33 4 Notes for System AAMINIStratOIS ccccce see ceeeneeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeseaaeseseeeeneeeeeseaeseneeeeeseesesnaesaneeneneeees 38 Part Ill Common Problems 43 1 Temprecord will not Start ccccseeeceeeeseeeeeen seen seen sense een seeeeenneeeeeeenseeeeeenseeeeeeaseeeeeeseseeneneneneeenes 44 2 Temprecord won t recognize My lOGGEL cessecceceeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeesneeseeeeeeeeseeesneeseeeseenseeeeneeseeeeenes 44 3 The arrow keys don t move the cursor ON the Qraph ccccceeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeeeseeeeneneeeeeenes 44 4 The trace isn t visible ON the Qraph cseccccceseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeseeeeneeeseeesneeseeesseeseeesneeseeeesnes 44 5 Ican t alter some of the parameterS c sccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeesneeseeeseeeeseeesneeseseeeeeseeeeneeseeeesnes 44 6 I get an error when try to update the parameters c sccccceseeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeesneeseeeeeees 45 7 can t print With TeMprecord ecceecccceeeeeceeeeeneeseeeeneeeseeeeeeeseeeeeneeseeeseeeeseeesneeseeessneeseseseeeseeeeenes 45 8 I get a SPOOL32 Error when I prittt cccscccesceeeeseeeseeeeeeeeee
12. 200 delimiters 158 Delta H 152 Device Manager 49 Diagnostics report 177 206 dialog delete file 63 dialog edit comment 66 dialog open file 62 dialog print 68 dialog save file 60 Dialog unable to open 206 dialogs 201 disk full 187 display of limits 111 displaying files in 2 windows 112 displaying two loggers 112 docking 15 Drying humidity logger sensors 25 duration 75 Durations display format in Excel 120 Dust humidity loggers 25 E edit comment dialog 66 editing a comment 66 editing comment fields 195 editing comments 195 Email 206 Email options 168 170 Email queue 134 Emailing files 64 enable safe range 78 enables 81 Encryption 140 Encryption key and confirm are different 184 Encyption key 184 endmarker 123 endsample 115 128 133 Error carrying out command line functions 184 Error loading web file 185 error Messages 177 error opening file 184 Error opening web file 185 Error printing 185 error reading file 186 error writing file 187 Errors unexpected 206 errors reading a file 206 Eventlog 134 Excel 205 206 Excel copying samples to 120 Excel display format of durations and dates 120 Excel exporting datato 161 exhausted battery 180 Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Index 211 exiting 137 exiting Temprecord 70 182 export 60 158 exporting data 68 Exporting data to an Excel spreadsheet 161 Fs Fahrenheit 10
13. 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 94 Temprecord Help You can select the summary view mode by opening the View menu and clicking on Summary A You can also change the view mode from the pop up menu that displays when you i press the right hand mouse button See also Changing the view mode Statistics view Values view Graph view 6 3 Statistics View The temperature data in a Temprecord data window can be displayed in one of four view modes These are summary view statistics view values view and graph view The statistics view displays an analysis of the temperature data in relation to the lower and upper limits and the start and end samples You need to read the logged temperature data to see the statistics view of the logger Using the File Query Logger function only reads the summary data You can select the statistics view mode by opening the View menu and clicking on Statistics range the temperature actually recorded will be limited to the minimum or maximum temperature specified This has implications for calculated statistics as the values used in the calculations do not reflect the actual temperatures the logger was subjected to A Mon T logger only When the Mon T logger is recording temperatures outside the logging Take care when interpreting statistics from Mon T loggers that have exceeded the programmed Minimum or Maximum temperature range The Statistics for all Samples The statistical in
14. Options Menu 157 Brief TTV Only PHI Process Hygiene Index Growth statistics ROC Rate of Cooling statistics RI Refrigeration Index Statistics Product Cooling Alerts MKT Mean Kinetic Temperature Statistics Product Integrity Profile Upper and lower limits Minimum and maximum flags Start and end flags User marker flags Shows the TTV information in an abbreviated form Shows the bacterial growth information in the displayed and printed statistics Shows the rate of cooling information on the displayed and printed graph and statistics Shows the refrigeration index data on the displayed and printed graph and statistics On the graph the RI value is shown as a separate trace with values indicated on the right hand axis The RI value is calculated from the start sample until the end sample When the product cooling alert function is enabled the graph shows a flag when the temperature has risen a certain amount above the minimum The maximum temperature rise allowed before the alert is displayed can also be specified This function is often used to determine whether blood products have been maintained adequately in a controlled environment When MKT is enabled the graph will show the value of the mean kinetic temperature as a dotted horizontal line Product Integrity Profile is a means of determining how effective refrigeration of a shipment has been When enabled the graph is annotated
15. See also Starting a logger Stopping a logger Sample period Start delay Start time and date Limit Delay Lower and Upper limits Loop Overwrite Start and stop with button Start and stop with switcher Allow markers Auto Mode Operation Saving a file 5 25 What the LEDs on the logger tell you The Mk III Temprecord logger has two visible LED s light emitting diodes These are used to both to provide a confirmation of operation of the logger and to provide information about the temperature limits stored in the logger Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 88 Temprecord Help 5 26 Logger Status Ready to be started When started Counting start delay When start delay expires Logging stopped Logging or stopped if lower or upper limit exceeded When communicating Red LED off flashes 4 times off flashes 4 times off flashes briefly every 10 seconds off Green LED off off off off flashes briefly every 10 seconds off flashes briefly The Mon T Temprecord logger also has two visible LED s but their operation is different The logger status can only be determined by pressing the button on the logger Logger Status Ready to be started On starting Counting start delay On start delay expiry Logging stopped only when button pressed On stopping See also Starting a logger Stopping a logger Start delay Start time and date Limit Delay Lower and
16. consisting of the Temprecord program a Temprecord Scientific or Multi trip logger and a Temprecord Reader Interface Connect the Temprecord Reader Interface to your computer s serial port or USB port If you are unsure about this step see the topic Where do plug my reader in Insert the Temprecord logger into the Reader making sure it is pushed all the way in Select File Query Logger by opening the File Menu and clicking on Query Logger After a few seconds a window should display showing a summary of the logger Otherwise see the topics Unable to Access Temprecord Logger or Unable to open COMx Select Program Parameters After a few seconds you will see the Logger Parameters screen which allows you to set the logger up Change the sample period to 00 00 10 one sample every 10 seconds Set the start delay to 00 00 20 20 seconds Click on Ok After a few seconds the logger parameters screen will close e When the logger parameters screen has closed remove the logger from the reader interface p After 20 seconds or so it will flash to indicate the start delay has counted down and it has started to record temperature samples Place the logger in an environment you wish to measure the temperature of e g a refrigerator and leave it for a few minutes Retrieve the logger and insert it into the Reader Interface Select the File Read Logger function A window will open indicating the data is being read fro
17. describing the problem is displayed The command trw read will start TRW read the logger data and remain open with the logged data displayed These command line parameters are useful for performing a series of operations on one logger If you have a batch of loggers to read and reconfigure auto mode operation is probably preferable Using the Command Line Options Commands can be carried out by any of the following methods From a DOS Command Prompt Click on Start Click on Programs Click on MS DOS Prompt At the C gt prompt type the Temprecord command i e trw followed by a space followed by Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Contents 21 the command line options followed by the Enter key From a Batch File Click on Start Click On Programs Click on Accessories Click on NotePad In NotePad enter the commands you wish to execute one per line Click on Save and enter the folder and name of the file Be sure to give it an extension BAT e g doit bat To execute the batch file type its name at a DOS command prompt or create a shortcut to it From A Shortcut e Open the folder you want to create the shortcut in unless you want the shortcut to be on your desktop Right click in the folder or on the desktop Click on New Click on Shortcut Enter the TRW command line including the path e g C trw trw exe read Don t forget to
18. ed Local Settings Application Data Temprecord TRW Event Log Fold er for the even tlog Local Settings Temp Temprecord TRW Preview Fold er for temp orar y PDF files creat ed whe n PDF previ ew is used It is assumed that these folders are all created with modify permissions for the current user so that a limited user can still run Temprecord create and save files and email attachments etc Temporary PDF preview files are created in the logged in user s TEMP folder Distribution The Temprecord program is generally distributed as a ZIP file named trw setup zip Within the ZIP archive are three files e trw setup exe The setup executable Run this file to install Temprecord e readme txt Late breaking news and version history Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Installation of Temprecord 41 e Install txt These notes e TRW Batch Installation A sample batch file to illustrate unattended batch installation Template bat The installation ZIP archive file contains EXE and BAT files These file types are often blocked by system administrators because of the fear they might harbor viruses You may need to find alternate ways of distributing the installable other than email attachments Batch Installation The file TRW Batch Installation Template bat is provided as an example of how Temprecord can be installed without user intervention in situations where the installation dest
19. high voltage generators or radio transmitters e immersing humidity loggers in liquids or exposing them to environments that might poison the humidity sensor Contact Temprecord for more information See Also Error and Warning Messages The recalibration period on this logger will expire in N weeks The recalibration period on this logger will expire in 12 weeks You will not be able to use the logger after 15 Jan 2010 This message will display when you save the parameters for a logger which has been programmed at the Temprecord factory to prevent usage after a calibration expiry date You will be able to start the logger on trips until the expiry date shown See Also Error and Warning Messages Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Error and Warning Messages 197 8 65 8 66 The Temprecord help file for the selected language lt filename gt was not found English language help will be used instead The selected language does not have an associated Help file The English language help file will be used instead See your distributor about obtaining a help file for the language you have selected You can select the language of the Temprecord program with the Options Lanquage function By default this is set to use regional settings which instructs Temprecord to look at your Windows installation to see which language your computer is set up for Temprecord will then try to choose a
20. All function to generate a printed report for all open windows When the Print dialog is opened you can specify whether any or all of the summary values statistics or graph are printed as for printing a single report The data printed is taken from each of the displayed windows S YD You can also open the Print dialog by clicking on this speed button on the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window or from the pop up menu that displays when you press the right hand mouse button See also Print dialog Exporting data Saving to a PDF File Saving data to a PDF file is just like printing but the report that would have been printed is sent instead to a PDF file The contents of the report are determined by the same options that determine the printed output If you want to alter the PDF options before you save the PDF file click on the Print PDF Options button Clicking on the Save to PDF button will open a dialog which allows you to specify the path and filename If the data currently loaded is from a TR file the default name for the PDF file will be set to the same name as the TR file but with an extension of PDF If the data currently loaded is from a logge the default name for the PDF file will be generated from the default PDF filename Opening recent files When the File Menu is opened Temprecord includes the recently opened files as menu entries so that you can quickly return to files you have been working
21. Coding an 2cici cei ccnccieecct eaa a a a aa aana aaae aaa raa aeae iai eaa paaa asea ara raans 105 GY tN ANUCS VIEW a a E T A ET T 105 Unis psuer aa E A EAA O R 6 Graph View The Sample Cursor Setting the date and time format on graph VIEW ssceeseeeeesseseeeseeesesseneeenseneseeeseeesessenseeeeenesensseesseeseeneentens 110 Changing the View MOde r rr rr a ra a rE Eea a e S A aa a aar Ara aeara PE acesseecnereesedtedneieytiesede 110 How the limits are used when Temprecord displays data ccscsccsssssssssessseeesneesseessneeseneessneeseneessensseess 111 Viewing Temperature Humidity or Both ssnnsunsnunnnnnnunnnnrnnnrnnnnnnnnunnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ennenen nnne 111 Displaying the same file in 2 or more WINdOWS ss nsnnsnnrnnnnnnnnnrnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ennn nnn ennnen 112 Displaying data read from a logger in 2 or more WINdOWS s ssunsnnneunsnnnrnnrnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn 112 Go tO FUNCtIONS ANEAN AAEE AAE cece ERTE EE AAE EAN ASAT EEE EE EAEE E 113 Find Tracee ea AE cine ane Antica ada ade TEE E TPE A 114 Goto Sample 282A iain a ala tien ah nua el ainda aa ia aiaa 114 Go to First Go to Last Sample 114 Go to Start Go to End nnn leeds eis ed eda d ec ete ee ne else RAS 115 Goto Next Go to Previous Markerren Bnei WU eee 116 Goto Min Go to Max Sample eieiei eesin ideie dicey saneveseesteghdecateie
22. Do you wish to re use the Temprecord logger You have asked to re use the Temprecord logger This will prepare it for another use After you have re used it you will be able to set program the parameters such as the sample period the Upper and Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Error and Warning Messages 183 Lower limits etc If you wish to re use the Temprecord logger click the Yes button Ifyou do not wish to re use the Temprecord logger click the No button You will be returned to the Temprecord program q If you do not wish to have this question displayed each time you exit Temprecord open HD the Options General form and clear the Prompt before re using Temprecord check box See Also Error and Warning Messages 8 14 Do you wish to start the Temprecord logger You have asked to start the Temprecord logger This will start the start delay counting down and when the start delay has expired the logger will begin recording temperature samples e If you wish to start the Temprecord logger click the Yes button e If you do not wish to start the Temprecord logger click the No button You will be returned to the Temprecord program Once the logger has been started you cannot alter any of the logger parameters such as the user data start delay sample period etc You also cannot stop the logger until the start delay has expired and the logger ha
23. Exit Temprecord button to abandon your session and close the Temprecord program Any unsaved data or settings will be lost This might be necessary if the error is so serious that you cannot continue running Temprecord without further errors occurring and restarting Temprecord also results in an unexpected error occurring You can also request that a diagnostics report be sent to Temprecord by clicking the button on the System tab in the options dialog Temprecord may request that you do this when trying to remedy problems you may be having See also Diagnostics reports 8 106 Unknown command option The command line parameter specified is invalid Temprecord accepts parameters on the command line If a filename is specified for example Temprecord will open that file when it starts You can enter several filenames if you wish separated by spaces There are also command line options that specify actions Temprecord is to perform when it starts For example you can read a logger and save the data to a file See Command Line Parameters for more information See Also Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 208 Temprecord Help Error and Warning Messages 8 107 Unknown logger response Temprecord encountered an error while trying to communicate with the logger These errors can result from problems with the reader the logger or the USB serial interface Unplugging the USB reader interface from the computer
24. Export function A You must have read the temperature data from the logger before you can save it to disk If you have only read the summary data by using the File Query Logger function you will not be able to save the temperature values to disk until you also read the logged temperature data using the File Read Logger function Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 60 Temprecord Help i You can save the data in the current window by clicking on this speed button on the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window or from the pop up menu that displays when you press the right hand mouse button 4 5 Save File Dialog Enter the name of the file you wish to save and click the OK button If the file exists you will be asked if you want to overwrite the existing file If you do not want to save the Temprecord data as a file click the Cancel button i q If you do not specify a filetype in the save file or export file dialog Temprecord will YD choose one for you e Ifyou do not specify a filetype in the Save Temprecord Data File dialog Temprecord assumes a filetype of TR Unless you have good reason to change we recommend that you stay with this convention Ifyou do not specify a filetype in the Export Temprecord Data dialog Temprecord assumes the filetype specified in the export options ASCII filetype field You should set this option to correspond to th
25. Germany This step is required for Windows 7 users only Click on Apply This step is required for Windows 7 users only Select your correct country again Click on OK Start Temprecord The date should be shown in the correct format for your locale When displaying the time on the horizontal axis of graph view Temprecord uses the time format settings from the computer s regional settings but will only display the seconds part of a time if they are significant 6 6 3 Changing the view mode The temperature data in a Temprecord data window can be displayed in one of four view modes Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 111 These are summary view statistics view values view and graph view You can change the view mode of a window by opening the view menu and clicking on the view mode you want to select opening the pop up menu by clicking the right mouse button and clicking on the view mode you want to select Using the File Query Logger function This always opens a data window and selects the summary view mode Using the File Read Logger function This always opens a data window reads the Temprecord logged data and selects the graph view mode 6 6 4 How the limits are used when Temprecord displays data The appearance of the values view statistics view and graph view is affected by the lower and upper limits but the behaviour differs slightly depending on whether
26. Greenwich Mean Time See also Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 141 7 5 4 File Saving Options File Saving Options Web Files File Saving Options Encryption Using the File and Folder Templates When are default filename and folders used Using the File and Folder Templates Under some circumstances when you save data and report files Temprecord creates it s own name for the file and chooses a folder to save the file to These circumstances are e when Temprecord data files are saved from an Auto Mode operation e when the option is selected to create a PDF report from the Print dialog e when the option is selected to send a PDF report as an email attachment file In addition when you read data from a logger and save it to a file the initial name chosen when the save dialog displays is derived from the default TR filename Temprecord provides the ability to generate file names and folder names based on the date the data was read from the logger the logger serial number the name of the currently logged in user and a unique sequence number that is increased by 1 each time it is used The format of these file and folder names is determined by templates which you can specify and alter When Temprecord is installed these are set to sensible defaults but your situation may call for a different file and older naming convention in which case you can modify them The most com
27. Limit delay Lower and upper limits Lower and Upper Limits Temprecord Mk III has a the ability to compare the logged temperature and humidity values against lower and upper limits and report whether the limits have been exceeded via the red and green LED on the logger The Program Parameters form allows you to specify these limits Enter the limits in the same units as the current setting of the units option C or F In the case of the humidity the units are RH Mk Ty When Temprecord reads the data from a Mk III logger and displays it in graph view mode the limits that were programmed in the logger are shown on the graph These limits are also used in the values view and statistics view See the topic how the limits are used when Temprecord displays data for more information ei In some situations the logger must be started while the temperature and or humidity are i outside the limits and it is undesirable for this situation to be reported as such Also there are applications where a brief excursion outside the limits may be expected and is not to be reported as an out of range error See the parameters enable safe range and limit delay for more information See also Limit delay Enable safe range Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 80 Temprecord Help 5 14 5 15 Limit Delay Temprecord Mk III has a the ability to compare the logged temperatures and humidity against upper and
28. Parameters YYHHHSD AA OHHHSH License Information The Temprecord program is supplied free by Temprecord International Limited TIL You may not charge for the software You are free to distribute the software installation package to any other person or organization It must be supplied in it s unmodified complete form generally a compressed file named trw setup zip You may not disassemble or reverse engineer the Temprecord software or hardware The software is provided on an as is basis TIL does not warranty the software nor guarantee it s operation in all environments TIL accepts no claim for damages incidental to the use of their software Help Menu While you can access Temprecord on line help at most times by pressing F1 the Help menu provides a quick way of jumping to frequently accessed topic groups such as common problems that might be experienced and how to deal with them or a list of the error and warning messages Contents How Do l Common Problems Error and Warning Messages View Help as PDF Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Contents 13 1 3 About Temprecord Getting Started with Temprecord If you are new to Temprecord this topic provides a step by step tutorial on how to use a logger to record temperature and then reading and displaying the recorded temperature data The following steps assume you have just taken delivery of a starter pack
29. Port Error and Warning Messages 8 79 Unable to delete file lt filename gt Temprecord was unable to delete the named file When this error occurs and you had selected more than one file to delete any further files you might have also selected are not deleted Check the speklling of the filename Check that the file is not marked read only e Check that the file is not held open by another network user See Also Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Error and Warning Messages 201 8 80 8 81 8 82 8 83 Error and Warning Messages Unable to access Temprecord Password is incorrect You have attempted to program the parameters on a Temprecord logger that is protected with a password Enter the correct password See Also Error and Warning Messages Unable to load file insufficient memory Temprecord will report this message if it cannot create another Temprecord data window to display the data from a logger or a file You are unlikely to see this error but if it appears you should try to make more memory available on your computer by closing some other applications or fitting more memory See Also Error and Warning Messages Unable to open COMx This error is reported when the Temprecord program is unable to initialize the COM Port to communicate with the logger The message will indicate which COM port COM1 COM2 COM3 or COM4 it was attempting to use This could be beca
30. Temprecord data window See Also Default TR Filename Folder for TR files Default PDF Filename Folder for PDF files Email Options SMTP Options Closing a File Use the File Close File function to close a window that is currently displaying logger data for data from a Temprecord file If you have read the data from a logger and not yet saved it you will be asked if you wish to do so If you have edited the comment fields for the window you are closing and not yet saved the file you will be asked if you wish to do so Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 66 Temprecord Help 4 15 4 16 i A You can also close the current Temprecord data window from the pop up menu that i displays when you press the right hand mouse button Editing the Comment Fields The File Edit Comments function allows you to alter the 64 character comment fields that are stored along with the Temprecord data file These comment fields can contain anything you wish If you edit the comment fields for a file you have loaded you must save the file again for the changes to be effective You will be prompted to do this if you try to close the window or exit Temprecord without saving the changes If the comment fields are from a file that was created with an earlier version of Temprecord you may only alter the first field of the comment fields stored with the file they are not stored in the logger itself They are provide
31. Upper limits Start and stop with button Start and stop with switcher Allow markers Red LED off off off off 3 flashes if logger out of limits off Green LED off 6 flashes off 6 flashes 3 flashes if logger inside limits 6 flashes Using the button on the logger to mark an event Temprecord has the ability to record markers along with the temperature data A marker is simply an indication of an event no other information is stored other than the fact that the button was pushed and the time it was pushed The time recorded is that of the most recently taken sample Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Program Menu 89 To insert a marker you must hold the button down for at least 2 seconds The red LED on the logger will flash twice to confirm that a marker has been recorded This feature must be enabled by checking the allow markers option in the Program Parameters form If this option is not checked pressing the button has no effect unless stop with button is also checked in which case pressing the button for at least 10 seconds will stop the logger taking samples Once the marker has been recorded i e when the LED flashes be sure to release the button immediately Remember that the logger can also be stopped by holding the button down for at least 10 seconds gt P You can enter as many markers into the logger as you wish but the Temprecord program only displays
32. Using the Min and Max Markers Using the User Markers oe 6 6 8 1 Find Trace Use the View Go To Find Trace function to shift the vertical axis of the graph view so that the trace is near the middle of the data window This function is useful when you have lost the trace at higher zoom factors The horizontal position sample cursor position and zoom factor are not changed 6 6 8 2 Goto Sample Use the View Go To Sample to position the sample cursor at a sample specified by number When you use this function focus is transferred to the Goto Sample toolbar If this toolbar is not visible it is made visible and appears floating over the top of the Temprecord main window You can enter a sample number in this dialog and press Enter Temprecord numbers samples starting from 1 If you enter a sample number less than 1 or greater than the number of samples the cursor is positioned at the first or last sample respectively After you have finished with it the Goto sample toolbar can be closed moved out of the way or docked on any of the 4 sides of the Temprecord main window i q You can also quickly open the Go To Sample dialog with the G key Hold the Ctrl key i down and press the G key i A The View Go To Sample function also works in values view mode where it positions the sample at the top of the window to be sample of interest i You can leave the View Go To Sample dialog open while you work and still
33. a logger s data manually to a PDF file if the data has already been saved to a TR data file the initial name chosen for the PDF file is the name of the TR data file but with a PDF extension You can change the proposed filename at this point The destination folder defaults at installation to C Documents and Settings Joe Bloggs My Documents My Temprecord Files pdf _ If you change the destination folder in the save dialog Temprecord remembers the folder for you independently of the folder it last saved a TR data file to When you try to save a logger s data manually to a PDF file and the data has not already been saved toa TR data file you will be prompted to save the TR data file first The initial name chosen for the PDF file is the name of the TR data file but with a PDF extension You can change the proposed filename at this point The destination folder defaults at installation to C Documents and Settings Joe Bloggs My Documents My Temprecord Files pdf _ If you change the destination folder in the save dialog Temprecord remembers the new folder for you independently of the folder it last saved a TR data file to Auto Saving a TR Data File When you save a TR data file from_Auto Mode Temprecord will never prompt you for the filename Instead it always uses the Default TR Filename format specifier to construct the filename and the Folder for TR Files to determine the folder the file is store in Also you will never be prompted if an ex
34. access the i menus and open and close files etc The Go To Sample function always operates on the window that last had focus 6 6 8 3 Go to First Go to Last Sample Use the View Go To First Sample and View Go To Last Sample to position the sample cursor at the first sample and last sample in the sample record Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 115 Don t confuse the first and last samples with the start and end samples The first and last samples always refer to the first sample in the record and the last sample in the record respectively The start and end samples refer to the position of the start and end markers which are used in the calculation of statistical information You can also move quickly to the first sample with the Home key and to the last sample with the End key The View Go To First Sample and View Go To Last Sample functions also work in values view mode where they position the sample at the top of the window to be the first or last sample 6 6 8 4 Go to Start Go to End Use the View Go To Start Sample and View Go To End Sample to position the sample cursor at the start marker sample and end marker sample in the sample record A Don t confuse the first and last samples with the start end samples The first and last samples always refer to the first sample in the record and the last sample in the record respectively The start and end samples refer to the position
35. add the EXE to the TRW program name Click on Next Enter a name for the shortcut Click on Finish To use the shortcut double click it A WARNING The TRW program contains many prompts and safeguards when dealing with Temprecord data As an example TRW will prompt you before reusing a logger if it believes you have not yet read and saved the data as reusing a logger makes any data in it inaccessible These prompts are NOT issued when using the command line functions of TRW Itis the user s responsibility to make sure that data has been saved before reusing a logger with the REUSE command line option Command Line Reference The command line options are described in the order you would normally carry out the commands if you were using them from TRW Note however that the command line options can be specified in any order on the command line The order of execution of the commands is NOT necessarily the order in which you specify them but is instead the order that would make the most sense As an example if you specify the command trw export read the logger would be read first then the data would be exported Some combinations of command line options are not sensible and in this case an error message will be displayed and no commands will be executed Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 22 Temprecord Help Command Example Function Command Example Function Command Ex
36. and Folder Templates When are default filename and folders used Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 147 7 5 8 7 5 9 Default PDF Filename Default PDF Filename The default PDF filename determines the form of the initial filename TRW chooses when How do use the formatted file and folder names the data from a logger is saved to a TR file It is important to note that what is specified here is a template for the filename and the actual filename will not usually be the same as what you enter here though it can be When TRW chooses the filename it uses the default filename template but treats several characters as having special meaning For example the character L means the logger serial number and the characters yyyy mean the current year For a detailed discussion and examples of the way file and folder formatting characters work see i the topic Using the File and Folder Templates If you want to have characters in the filename but don t want them to be interpreted by the above rules they must be enclosed in double quotes thus to use a filename of My Report pdf you must enclose the filename in quotes thus My Report pdf is appended to any filename generated If you want a different extension you can enter it Note also that you cannot use the characters colon slash and backslash in your filename If TRW finds any charac
37. and Warning Messages Unable to access Temprecord after stopping The logger could not be accessed after stopping Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 200 Temprecord Help You may have removed the logger from the reader too quickly Do not remove the logger until the message window that opens has closed again See Also Error and Warning Messages 8 78 Unable to access Temprecord logger This error is reported when the Temprecord program is unable to communicate with the logger Of all the problems you might encounter getting Temprecord operational this is the most likely The reason for this could be because you do not have the reader interface plugged in you have it plugged in to a port different to that specified by the Options COM Port setting there is no logger inserted in the reader interface or the logger is not pushed far enough in you have inserted the logger the wrong way around The logger must be inserted into the reader interface with the hole visible and on the left The logger types with snap off tabs must be inserted with the tab end visible e the logger is faulty You may see other error messages if the logger cannot be accessed See the topics Unknown logger response TX timeout No response from logger No wakeup from logger Bad CRC Bad verify Bad address Incorrect firmware for more information See also Unable to open COMx Options COM
38. and Warning Messages This model Temprecord cannot be re used You have attempted to reuse a single use Inland or Export logger These models can only be used once after which they should be returned for recycling See Also Error and Warning Messages This Temprecord can only be started by snapping off a tab You have attempted to use the Temprecord program to start an inland or export logger These cannot be started with the program they must be started by snapping off one of the tabs See Also Error and Warning Messages This Temprecord can only be stopped by snapping off a tab You have attempted to use the Temprecord program to stop an inland or export logger These cannot be stopped with the program they must be stopped by snapping off the remaining tab See Also Error and Warning Messages TX timeout Temprecord is unable to communicate with the logger due to a problem with the serial COM port Check that the port is not in use by another application and is selected correctly using the COM port options Unable access parameters Temprecord is probably faulty You have attempted to program the parameters on a logger that reports as faulty The logger s battery may be exhausted See Also Error and Warning Messages Unable to access parameters Temprecord has been started You have attempted to program the parameters on a logger has already been started You cannot alter the parameters on a logger unless it is in
39. as 0 25000000 Named Ranges When Temprecord exports spreadsheet data to an Excel file it also sets up what are known as named ranges For example if the logger sample period is exported to the Excel file a named range called SamplePerioa is also defined This allows you to reference the sample period in a formula by the name SamplePeriod rather than by using an absolute cell reference such as B 3 Using named ranges instead of absolute cell coordinates has the advantage that any calculations you set up that reference this cell s value will still be correct if the position in the spreadsheet of the sample period changes As a rule the exported parameters have named ranges defined that is the same as the annotation with the characters such as spaces and periods that are not permitted in Excel named ranges removed For example the 2nd line of shipping data has the annotation Shipping Data 2 and it s named range is ShippingData2 For the majority of named ranges the defined range is just one cell i e the named range for SerialNumber might be the cell B1 There are three named ranges defined that span a group of cells These are called Date Temperature and Humidity and are defined as the first entry to the last entry in the respective column In order to see what the name of the named range is that Temprecord has assigned to a cell YD export your data to a spreadsheet and click in the cell of interest If a named
40. both temperature and humidity traces are displayed If the cursor is not currently positioned at a minimum temperature or humidity sample then the Go to Min function moves the cursor to minimum temperature sample If the cursor is already on the minimum temperature sample then the Go To Min function moves it to the minimum humidity sample If the cursor is already on the minimum humidity sample then the Go To Min function moves it to the minimum temperature sample Equivalent behaviour exists for the Go To Max function Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 124 Temprecord Help 6 6 12 3 Using the User Markers The user markers are events recorded in the logger data record by the pressing of the button on the front of the logger These events are logged along with the temperature data and each event takes up the equivalent space of one logged sample When the graph is displayed samples with user markers attached are displayed with the m flag symbol You can use these markers to indicate when key events occurred while the logger was sampling for example when the logger was placed in a controlled environment or to indicate when some unexpected event was observed that you suspect might be influencing the temperature See also Using the buttons on the logger to mark an event 6 6 13 Zoom Functions Temprecord provides various methods for changing the horizontal time axis and vertical temperature axis zoo
41. button on the logger to mark an event e Using the button on the logger to start and stop logging 5 1 Programming a Logger s Parameters Before a Temprecord logger is used to record temperature it is usually programmed first This is not necessary but unless the default parameter settings suit your application you will generally want to change them In the case of the multi trip and scientific loggers which can be used more than once you may wish to change the parameters after the logger has been re used The following parameters can be programmed Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 72 Temprecord Help Logging Temperature Humidity or Both User Data Sample Period Start Delay Start Time and Date Password Lower and Upper Limits Enable Safe Range Limit Delay 4 Loop Overwrite Start and Stop with Button Start and Stop with Switcher Allow Markers i A You can program the parameters for the logger currently in the reader interface by m clicking on this speed button on the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window 5 2 Program Parameters Dialog This dialog allows you to set up the Temprecord logger before it is started When you have finished changing the parameters click the OK button to save the parameters to the logger and exit this dialog If you have more than one logger to set up with the same or
42. by the number of markers multiplied by the sample period if the data has not been read from the logger If the data has been read from the logger the displayed time of first sample should be correct If the data has not been read then the summary time of first sample will be earlier than the true value if the sample record contains markers have set different colors for display of values above the upper limit and below the lower limit but my values still display and print in one color only The display option Show upper and lower limits needs to be checked for Temprecord to show values above the upper limit or below the lower limit in different colors can t get the TTV statistics to display or print or export them to a file Temprecord only displays the Total Temperature Value TTV statistics if Show TTV Statistics is checked in the Statistics Options tab This option must be checked if you want to print the TTV statistics or export then to a file also Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Common Problems 49 3 15 3 16 3 17 can t get the PHI statistics to display or print or export them to a file Temprecord only displays the PHI growth statistics if Show PHI Statistics is checked in the Statistics Options tab This option must be checked if you want to print the PHI statistics or export then to a file also cant print my data as a list of values Temprecord can print data in any or a
43. close button of a toolbar it will disappear It will remain invisible even after you exit and start Temprecord again To make the toolbar visible again click on View in the main menu and select Toolbars Fie Program File Program vie w Options Help ciei m Program v Copy lv Graph Data is From file C Documents and Settings jrmi My Go to Sample Documents Temprecord Samples Poultry house tr re mae Values Units C u BOONTON eee Paaa ea OEE eee lv Temperature Humidity Teese neki aa al Peet ibe When you exit Temprecord the position and state docked or undocked of each toolbar is saved When you start Temprecord next the toolbars are restored to their saved positions Menu Toolbar Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Contents 17 l Fie Program view Options Help The Menu toolbar contains five menu entries which when clicked on open submenus See File Menu Program Menu View Menu and Options Menu for more information File Toolbar Bgng g Opens a file The same function is available with the File Open menu entry Saves the data in the current Temprecord data window to a disk file The same function is available with the File Save menu entry Saves the data in the current Temprecord data window as a PDF report file You can specify the form that the PDF report takes with the PDF options The same function is available with the File S
44. examine See also Tile Horizontally Tile Vertically Close 6 6 19 Close Use the View Close function to close the currently selected Temprecord data window If you have read the data in the window from a logger and not yet saved it or you have edited the comment fields and not yet saved the data you will be asked if you wish to save the data first See also Tile Horizontally Tile Vertically Cascade 6 6 20 View Info If this menu entry is checked the right hand side of the Temprecord Window is used to display extra information about the operation of Temprecord Email Queue This tab indicates the state of the email queue When files are sent by SMTP they are placed in a queue and sent from the queue in the background allowing you to continue working while the emails and their attached files are sent The queue contents are saved when you exit Temprecord and sending of the queued items resumes when Temprecord is next started Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 135 Once an email has been sent it remains in the queue until it is past a certain age after which time it is removed Event Log Temprecord records significant events and writes them to an event log Such events as starting and exiting Temprecord sending email attachments etc are logged Startup Log As Temprecord starts up information is written to the startup log recording the steps carried out It can be use
45. filename was supplied with the SAVE option If you enter the above command line into a batch file and replace the filename with 1 i e create a file called exportit bat with the following line in it trw stop read save 1 export 1 exit you will be able to type the command Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Contents 25 exportit sample2 to carry out the commands 1 8 Where do I plug my reader in The Temprecord program requires an available serial port or USB port on your computer to operate The serial connector for this will be on the back of your computer along with the connectors for the display and keyboard It will be either a DB 9M 9 pin male or a DB 25M 25 pin male connector A 25 pin to 9 pin converter is supplied with the Reader Interface and you should use this if your computer is only fitted with a DB 25M connector If your reader has a USB connector you need to plug it into a SUB port These are normally located on the rear of desktop PCs or on the side or rear of laptop notebook PC s Unplugging the USB reader interface from the computer s USB port while Temprecord is running can have unpredictable effects and result in the loss of communication with the logger It is best to exit Temprecord before unplugging or plugging in the reader interface Don t confuse the DB9 M serial port connector with the display connector The display connector is normally the s
46. folder e Execute the batch file If you encounter problems with batch installation the file TRW Installation Log txt created as part of installation can be inspected for clues as to what might be wrong This file should be included in any request for technical support Customizing Installation If you require your installation to have customized settings these are the steps required unzip all the files in trw setup zip to a temporary folder install Temprecord on your computer open the Options dialog set any custom options you require exit Temprecord Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Installation of Temprecord 43 e open Explorer and navigate to C Documents and Settings lt User name gt Local Settings Application Data Temprecord TRW e copy the file TRW INI into the temporary folder The contents of the temporary folder are what you need to distribute as an installation image See Also Installation of Temprecord Installing Temprecord on Networks Installing Temprecord Reader USB Drivers 3 Common Problems Listed here are some of the more common problems users of Temprecord experience To see an explanation of the problem and its remedy click on one of the topics below Temprecord will not start Temprecord won t recognize my logger The arrow keys don t move the cursor on the graph The trace isn t visible on the graph can t alter some of the parameters get an error when
47. for transferring files to the web and logging of logger operations via the web In order to use this facility you must have arranged the facility with Temprecord Also see the topics Tracking Proxy Settings and Web Load and Save options for more details User Name Enter the ID supplied to you by Temprecord or by the administrator for your organization Unless there is a valid user name and password provided here you will not be able to upload datafiles and reports for storage on the web Password Enter the password supplied to you by Temprecord or by the administrator for your organization The password will not display as you type it You only need enter the user name and password once Temprecord Web URL This field normally contains the path to the Temprecord website It is set at installation to the default address of http Awww temprecord com and unless you have been advised to do so you must not alter this setting See also Tracking Options Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 173 7 21 1 7 21 2 Proxy Settings Options Web Load and Save Options Tracking Options Web Logger Tracking is a service provided by Temprecord to allow customers to track the use of their loggers via the World Wide Web Enable Logger Tracking Check this box if you wish Temprecord to send tracking information to the web when logger operations such as starting stopping and reading
48. in that color will be invisible See also TTV statistics options Refrigeration index statistics options Rate of cooling statistics options Summary view options Values view options Graph view options Printing Options Export Options Total Temperature Value TTV Process Hygiene Index Mean Kinetic Temperature Refrigeration Index 7 10 Graph View Options Use the Graph tab of the options form to change the way the graph view is displayed and to set the axes values used for the zoom preset function Font Use the Font button to change the font Temprecord uses to display the axis annotation the date and time on the horizontal axis and the temperature on the vertical axis You can choose from any of the fonts installed on your computer Above Limits Color Use the Above Limits Color button to change the color used when displaying that part of the temperature trace that exceeds the Upper limit If you do not want the trace to appear differently from that part of the trace that is within the limits choose the same color as the In Range color The color you choose here is also used to display the upper limit horizontal line In Range Color Use the In Range Color button to change the color used when displaying that part of the temperature trace that is between the Lower and Upper limits Below Limits Color Use the Below Limits Color button to change the color used when displaying those samples that are below t
49. is of the older type whereas the logger the parameters were originally read from is of the newer type This error can occur when you are using the Apply button to set the parameters of several loggers in succession and you accidentally insert an older logger See Also Error and Warning Messages Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Error and Warning Messages 205 8 97 8 98 8 99 8 100 Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is of newer type Temprecord could not update the parameter data in the logger because the logger in the reader interface is of the newer type whereas the logger the parameters were originally read from is of the older type This error can occur when you are using the Apply button to set the parameters of several loggers in succession and you accidentally insert an newer logger See Also Error and Warning Messages Unable to update parameters as Temprecord protected with password Temprecord could not update the parameter data in the logger because the logger in the reader interface is protected with a password and the password is not the same as the password of the logger the parameters were originally read from is of the newer type This error can occur when you are using the Apply button to set the parameters of several loggers in succession and you accidentally insert a logger protected with a password See Also Error and Warning Messages Unable to c
50. language to suit your setting You can access the regional settings for your computer as follows Windows 3 1 3 11 Open the Main program group Open Control Panel e Open International You can now change the language by clicking on the Language drop down list box e Click on OK Windows 95 Click on Start Select Settings Select Control Panel Open Regional Settings You can now change the language by clicking on the Language drop down list box Click on OK You can force Temprecord to ignore the regional settings by selecting one of the languages shown on the Options Language page instead of the use regional settings selection Not all the languages shown on the Options Language page are implemented If you choose one that is not yet implemented Temprecord will use English language instead See Also Error and Warning Messages This logger s recalibration is due in N weeks A This logger s recalibration is due in 2 weeks You will not be able to use the logger after 15 Jan 2010 This message will display when you try to start a logger which has been programmed at the Temprecord factory to prevent usage after a calibration expiry date You will be able to start the logger on trips until the expiry date shown Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 198 Temprecord Help 8 67 8 68 8 69 8 70 8 71 8 72 See Also Error
51. may experience difficulty with selection of the COM Port See the topic COM Port Conflicts for more information File Saving Options folder naming facility that enables you to avoid virtually all of the drudgery and possibility of errors when naming your data and report files The good news is that we have arranged it so that the installation defaults will most likely suit your needs If you are feeling adventurous you can play with these settings but in the first instance the existing installed settings should be fine D IMPORTANT The discussion below is necessarily detailed TRW has a powerful filename and Introduction The basic idea behind formatted file and folder names is that you can give your data and report files names which convey information about when the file was created and what logger it came from You can similarly store the files in folders that are organized by date or by logger serial number Finally you can incorporate numerous other variables into your file and folder names including such things as e a unique sequence number e the timezone name e the timezone offset e the Windows logged in user name See the topic Using the File and Folder Templates for a full list of these formatting options and examples of their use See also Default TR Filename Folder for TR Files Default PDF Filename Folder for PDF Files Using the File and Folder Templates When are default filename and folders used File
52. move the mouse over the menu entry and press F1 To find out more information about an error message that is displaying press F1 while the error message window is displayed or click on the button marked Help You can also refer to the Help topic Error and Warning Messages For a brief summary of the steps involved in the more common Temprecord operations such as programming a logger starting a logger reading a logger s data etc see the topic How Do l If you are having a particular problem try looking at the Help topic Common Problems When viewing Temprecord help these symbols are used as an aid to your quickly finding the information you require A indicates a note of caution where care needs to be taken with a Temprecord function p is used to bring your attention to text that describes a quicker way of performing some function a short cut or hint HMK indicates that the description applies to the Mk II and Mk III loggers only Pop Up Menus At most times when Temprecord is running you can click the right mouse button and get a menu of the most common commands For example a frequent operation is changing from one view mode to another This can be done in the conventional way by opening the View Menu and clicking on the view mode you require but a much quicker way is to place the mouse cursor in the Temprecord data window you want to change the view mode in and click the right mouse button You can then s
53. of the start and end markers which are used in the calculation of statistical information You can also move quickly to the first sample with the Home key and to the last sample with the End key The start sample is marked on the graph with the m flag symbol The end sample is marked on the graph with the flag symbol You can set the current sample under the cursor as the start sample with the F7 key and as the end sample with the F8 key Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 116 Temprecord Help The View Go To Start Sample and View Go To End Sample functions also work in values view mode where they position the sample at the top of the window to be the start or end sample 6 6 8 5 Go to Next Go to Previous Marker Use the View Go To Next Marker and View Go To Previous Marker to position the sample cursor at the next user marker or the previous user marker with reference to the current sample cursor position You can also move quickly to the next user marker with the Ctrl N key and the previous sample with the Ctrl P key The user markers are shown on the graph with the ta flag symbol The View Go To Next Marker and View Go To Previous Marker functions also work in values view mode where they position the sample at the top of the window to be the next or previous sample with a user marker 6 6 8 6 Go to Min Go to Max Sample Use the View Go To Minimum and View Go To Maxi
54. or values view mode is selected The same function is available with the View Goto Last Sample menu entry or by pressing the End key Zooms in i e expands the trace horizontally This button is only functional if there is logger or file data loaded and graph view mode is selected The same function is available with the View Zoom X menu entry or by pressing the key with the shift key held down Zooms out i e compresses the trace horizontally This button is only functional if there is logger or file data loaded and graph view mode is selected The same function is available with the View Zoom X menu entry or by pressing the key with the shift key held down Zooms out i e compresses the trace vertically This button is only functional if there is logger or file data loaded and graph view mode is selected The same function is available with the View Zoom Y menu entry or by pressing the minus key Zooms in i e expands the trace vertically This button is only functional if there is logger or file data loaded and graph view mode is selected The same function is available with the View Zoom Y menu entry or by pressing the plus key Zooms to show the whole data set This button is only functional if there is logger or file data loaded and graph view mode is selected The same function is available with the View Zoom All menu entry or by pressing the Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd
55. range has been defined it will appear in the top left of the Excel window In the example shown below the cell containing the lower temperature limit has been selected and the named range for that cell is shown as LowerTemperatureLimit Ej Microsoft Excel test xls JE File Edit View Insert Format Tools Data 10 Sample Period 0 00011574 Upper Temperature Limit 25 00 Lower Temperature Limit 15 00 Mean Temperature 22 19 Maximum Temperature 23 00 Minimum Temperature 21 50 Date Temperature Prompt for spreadsheet filename Check this option if you wish to be prompted for the spreadsheet XLS file name when the Copy to Spreadsheet function is used If this option is not checked Temprecord will derive a name based on the current TR data filename or if the current logger data has not yet been saved to a file based on the settings for the default filename Prompt before overwriting spreadsheet Check this option if you wish Temprecord to prompt you when the spreadsheet file being saved already exists If this option is clear an existing file of the same name will be overwritten with no warning Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 163 Open spreadsheet after copy Check this option if you wish Temprecord to open the data saved to a spreadsheet with Excel after the save is completed Microsoft Excel must be installed on the machine See also Copy to Clipboard Copy to
56. s USB port while Temprecord is running can have unpredictable effects and result in the loss of communication with the logger It is best to exit Temprecord before unplugging or plugging in the reader interface 8 108 WARNING File damaged Data may not be correct The Temprecord data file is possibly damaged All Temprecord data files include error checking information to guard against tampering and to detect damage to the files that might result in incorrect information being displayed Ifthe file was copied from some other source e g a diskette or from an e mail attachment retrieve the file again See Also Error and Warning Messages 8 109 Web file not found Temprecord is unable to load the file from the web storage folder e Check that the correct username and password is entered in your web options e Check that the file exists in your web folder If you are attempting to open the file from the recent files list and the file has meanwhile been deleted moved or renamed you will receive this error e You might have experienced a temporary internet error while trying to load the file Try to load the file again See also Error and warning messages Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Index 209 Index Computer computer name meta string Email sender s email address meta string 168 Files names of attached files meta string 168 From sender s name and e
57. sample cursor position with the F7 key D The start sample is marked on the graph with the ta flag symbol See also Using the start and end markers 6 6 15 Set as End Sample Use the View Set as End Sample function to make the end sample the same as the current sample cursor sample The end sample is used in conjunction with the start sample to define an area of the sample record to be used for calculation of statistical data such as the mean maximum and minimum You can also set the end sample to the current sample cursor position with the F8 key D The end sample is marked on the graph with the flag symbol See also Using the start and end markers 6 6 16 Tile Vertically Use the View Tile Vertically function to arrange the Temprecord data windows so that they do not overlap and are tiled side by side See also Tile Horizontally Cascade Close Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 134 Temprecord Help 6 6 17 Tile Horizontally Use the View Tile Horizontally function to arrange the Temprecord data windows so that they do not overlap and are tiled one above the other See also Tile Vertically Cascade Close 6 6 18 Cascade Use the View Cascade function to arrange the Temprecord data windows so that they overlap and are cascaded down the screen This function is useful because all the data window title bars are visible and you can click on whichever one you want to
58. similar parameters click the Apply button to save the parameters to the logger and leave this dialog open e Click the Cancel button to exit this dialog without changing the logger parameters Click the Defaults button to set all the parameters except for the Password and Confirm fields from the default options You can change the following parameters Logging Temperature Humidity or Both user data start delay e sample period e password Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Program Menu 73 5 3 lower and upper limits start time and date enable safe range limit delay loop overwrite start and stop with button start and stop with switcher allow markers 4 Logging Temperature Humidity or Both If your logger is capable of logging Humidity you can choose whether it logs temperature Humidity or both For more information see the topic Setting Up Humidity Loggers If you select Temperature and Humidity the number of samples available is halved as one each of both temperature and humidity values are logged each sample period The display of logging duration will change to reflect this See also Setting Up Humidity Loggers Setting Up Humidity Loggers Logging Humidity If your logger is capable of logging Humidity you can choose whether it logs temperature humidity or both in the Program Parameters dialog If y
59. statistics view are written to the export file Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 161 The Show Rate of Cooling Statistics option must be checked in order for the ROC statistics to be exported Sample Range Use this option to specify what samples are written to the ASCII file This option only has an effect when the Values export option is checked Entire Record specifies that all samples read from the currently loaded Temprecord file or the logger are to be written to the ASCII file or averaged and then written to the file if Averaging is set to a value other than 1 Visible Window specifies that only those samples displayed in the current Temprecord data graph view window are to be written to the ASCII file or averaged and then written to the file if Averaging is set to a value other than 1 From Start to End Markers specifies that only those samples between the start and end samples are to be written to the ASCII file or averaged and then written to the file if Averaging is set to a value other than 1 See Also Graph view options Statistics view options Printing Options Total Temperature Value TTV 7 12 1 Copy to Clipboard Excel Options Copying to the Clipboard Temprecord can copy temperature data to the Windows clipboard Once the data is in the clipboard it can be pasted to other applications such as Microsoft Word or NotePa
60. temperature at the sample cursor are displayed at the top of the Temprecord data window i A The position of the sample cursor is also important when the zoom functions are used i See the topic Zoom Functions for more information The following operations affect the sample cursor The left and right arrow keys These move the cursor horizontally by one sample If the sample cursor reaches the edge of the window the window will scroll horizontally Note that at lower horizontal zoom factors more than one sample can be represented by a display pixel In this case the arrow keys will change the sample under the cursor but the cursor may not necessarily move on the display e Clicking on the graph If the graph view window is clicked the cursor sample is set to the closest sample to the sample cursor If the mouse button is held down the sample cursor is dragged along with the mouse cursor e The Find Trace function This function does not actually move the sample cursor from the sample it is currently on but instead shifts the trace vertically so that you are guaranteed of seeing the trace It is useful when you have lost the trace at higher zoom factors e The Goto First Go to Last Sample functions These move the sample cursor to the first and last sample respectively of the logged temperatures Note that if loop overwrite was enabled when the logger was recording the first sample in the sample record will not necessaril
61. the ready state See Also Error and Warning Messages Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Error and Warning Messages 199 8 73 8 74 8 75 8 76 8 77 Unable to access parameters Temprecord has finished logging You have attempted to program the parameters on an inland or export logger that has finished logging You can only alter the parameters on a logger before it is started See Also Error and Warning Messages Unable to access parameters Temprecord must be re used first You have attempted to program the parameters on a logger has finished logging You cannot alter the parameters on a logger unless it is in the ready state Use the Program Reuse function to reuse the logger Use the Program Parameters function to set the logger parameters up for the next use Use the Program Start function to start the logger See Also Error and Warning Messages Unable to access Temprecord after re use The logger could not be accessed after reusing You may have removed the logger from the reader too quickly Do not remove the logger until the message window that opens has closed again See Also Error and Warning Messages Unable to access Temprecord after starting The logger could not be accessed after starting You may have removed the logger from the reader too quickly Do not remove the logger until the message window that opens has closed again See Also Error
62. the Humidity options when I program the logger eaa a E E E E T E E T T 56 The temperature exceeded the limits but the summary does not aA A a e E E EEEE AE T E ETT EEEE E TT 56 My filenames are all garbled nsssunnssnunnsnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnna 57 Why doesn t my printed graph look the same as the one I see on SOTONU Trona nan aa aea Sea PRE A sc EEEa aE PEET aAA EAER 57 The format of the displayed date format doesn t match my Control Panel regional settings sssnseunsesunruunrunnrununnunnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnne nnnn nnmnnn nnne 58 File Menu 58 Checking f r a Logger ara e aae aa aaaea aaea nd entiation eda antl 58 Reading L gget accer EE EAE EEE NE 58 Accessing Temprocord sienna ernuinenene rnain anA AAEE nA EnA ANNA AEREN A ASEA CNAE EETA R AE AAEEen 59 Saving a Filenin iuan aaa aea aaaea aaaeeeaa a a a a aeaaea aa aariaa aa ia 59 Save File Dialog occ r ee a aeaa r Taena ae arrena raaa a rA aaa a aa ara a erena o eneh eenean daa amea ae isai KEE esar pab 60 Saving Web Fjes a a ar epre e a a e aa aa a slecdacces eustertasteranceteedecesedventscetuee 60 ROT T iT Lore fat A E E E E T T 61 Opening Web Files ccc a aa ea ar dace aar a coke a ciateccdnccdeds cibcgesecececucecsasicentecdseceuevansacetedire 62 Open File DII oTe aE E AEE A gente te ccucdey sucvwnse dc cute dest oder ducddenavdvanedentcuensecsvetaneteaters 62 Deleting a Fil eces
63. the date using the format given by the Windows long date format nominally dddd MMMM dd yyyy in the US locale e Displays the year in the current period era as a number without a leading zero Japanese Korean and Taiwanese locales only Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 142 Temprecord Help ee gg mm mmm mmmm yy yyyy hh nn SS tt Displays the year in the current period era as a number with a leading zero Japanese Korean and Taiwanese locales only Displays the period era as an abbreviation Japanese and Taiwanese locales only Displays the period era as a full name Japanese and Taiwanese locales only Displays the month as a number without a leading zero 1 12 If the m specifier immediately follows an h or hh specifier the minute rather than the month is displayed Displays the month as a number with a leading zero 01 12 If the mm specifier immediately follows an h or hh specifier the minute rather than the month is displayed Displays the month as an abbreviation Jan Dec Displays the month as a full name January December Displays the year as a two digit number 00 99 Displays the year as a four digit number 0000 9999 Displays the hour without a leading zero 0 23 Displays the hour with a leading zero 00 23 Displays the minute without a leading zero 0 59 Note that this the n character not the m character Displays the minute
64. the first 100 markers recorded Each marker occupies a sample position i e for every marker you insert the sample capacity of the logger is reduced by one for that use See also Stopping a logger Start and stop with button Allow markers Using the button on the logger to start and stop loggin 5 27 Using the button on the logger to start and stop logging You can use the button on the logger to start and stop logging This feature must be enabled by checking the start and stop with button options in the Program Parameters form i A If this option is not checked pressing the button has no effect unless allow markersis also checked in which case pressing the button for at least 2 seconds will insert a marker if the logger is taking samples See also Starting a logger Stopping a logger Start and stop with button Allow markers Using the button on the logger to mark an event Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 90 Temprecord Help 5 28 5 29 Changing Logger Parameters Make any changes you want to the logger parameters When you have finished click on OK and the logger will be updated and the Program Parameters form will close If you have several loggers to program clicking on apply will update the logger but leave the form open You can then insert another logger and program that If you click on Default the Program Parameters form will be filled
65. the logger but not exit the form This can be useful where you have several loggers to set up each with the same or similar parameters Once the logger has been started you cannot alter the user data password sample period or start delay Check that these are correct before you start the logger Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Program Menu 75 5 7 5 8 The sample period also affects the behaviour of the limit delay and Safe range These parameters both use units of the number of samples taken so the time delay before they act is dependent on the sample period When a MultiTrip or Scientific Temprecord logger is re used the sample period that was in effect for the previous use is retained If you require a different sample period this should be programmed after the logger has been re used If the logger is a humidity logger and both humidity and temperature are enabled the sample period applies to both i e if you set a sample period of one minute a temperature and humidity sample pair will be taken every minute In this case the logging duration will be halved See also Sample rate issues Logging duration Start delay Start time and date Start and stop with switcher Start and stop with button Limit Delay Enable safe range User data Password Re using a logger Logging Duration This is the time that will elapse before the logger is full based on the current sample period This ti
66. to Temprecord 177 serial connector 25 Serial number printing with the graph 163 serial port 138 Server proxy 173 set as start sample 132 Setting a password 77 setting up a default set of parameters 84 Setting up humidity loggers 73 setting up several loggers 83 short date format 110 Show battery capacity remaining 148 Show manufacture date 148 Size paper 166 SMTP options 170 SMTP options not set 186 space 158 specification of passwords 190 Specifiers format 139 141 144 145 146 147 speed buttons 15 speed buttons not working 46 SPOOL32 Error 45 Spreadsheet 205 Spreadsheet exporting datato 161 Spreadsheet copying samples to 120 Spreadsheet unable to open 206 start date 188 191 start delay 75 188 191 203 start marker 123 start sample 115 128 132 start time 188 191 start time and date already passed 191 starting 81 137 starting a logger 85 192 193 198 202 204 starting at a time and date 76 starting Temprecord loggers 183 statistics 94 Statistics total temperature value 97 statistics view options 152 Stop Logger if necessary 175 stopping 81 137 stopping a logger 86 191 193 198 199 204 stopping Temprecord loggers 183 strings subsitution of meta strings 168 submitting a password 187 suggested filenames 137 summary 58 93 summary view options 148 switcher 81 System administrators 38 T tab 158 tabs 198 tampering 208 temperature upper and lower limi
67. top and bottom of the graph will be those specified in the Preset Zoom Y fields of the graph view options The span of the date and time across the displayed graph will be set to the dates and times specified in the Preset Zoom X fields of the graph view options This function is very useful when you read the data from two or more loggers and wish to align them so that the same temperature and time range is displayed for each Provided the Visible Window printing option is selected the printed graphs will also be similarly aligned in time and temperature This function has no effect unless a data file is loaded or data has been read from the logger YD You can also zoom to the presets by clicking on this speed button on the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window The preset zoom function will not work unless the corresponding enables are checked in the Graph View Options page There are two enables one for each of the X time and Y temperature axes If only the X zoom preset is enabled using the zoom to presets function causes the X axis span to be reset but not the Y axis If only the Y zoom preset is enabled using the zoom to presets function causes the Y axis span to be reset but not the X axis D See the topic Using the Zoom Presets for more information 6 6 13 11 Zoom all Windows to Presets Use the View Zoom Zoom all Windows to Presets function to set the horizontal and vertical graph axes for open Tempr
68. try to update the parameters can t print anything with Temprecord can t print my data as a list of values get a SPOOL32 Error when print When open a menu some of the items are grayed When click on a button nothing happens apart from a beep My logger says it exceeded the limits but can t see where have set different colors for display of values above the upper limit and below the lower limit but my values still display and print in one color only The start time displayed changes every time insert a marker can t get the TTV statistics to display or print or export them to a file can t get the PHI growth statistics to display or print or export them to a file o can t select the Humidity options when program the logger parameters The temperature exceeded the limits but the summary does not show this My filenames are all garbled Why doesn t my printed graph look the same as the one see on screen The format of the displayed date format doesn t match my Control Panel regional settings 4 Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 44 Temprecord Help 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 Temprecord will not start If Temprecord does not start at all i e when you click on the Temprecord icon or Click on Start All Programs Temprecord nothing happens the most likely reason is anti virus software Try dis
69. your loggers you can create a default set of parameters which you can load into the Program Parameters form simply by clicking on the Defaults button To set up and use a set of default parameters Select the Options Defaults menu item This will open the default options form which looks very similar to the Program Parameters form except that there is no password field e Enter the parameters You might for example have a particular set of user data which remains the same for all loggers apart from one line being the destination of produce being shipped You would leave that line blank here Click on OK To use the default set of parameters Place a logger into the reader interface e Select the Program Parameters menu item After a few seconds the Program Parameters form will open with the parameters for that logger e Click on the Defaults button This will load the user data with the defaults you programmed previously e Make any changes you want to the user data sample rate etc In the example mentioned above you would key the destination into the line left blank Click on Apply or OK e Remove the logger See also Setting up several loggers Options Menu Default options Auto Mode Operation Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Program Menu 85 5 22 Starting a Logger Use the Program Start Logger function to start the Temprecord logger Before start
70. 0 Temprecord International Ltd Error and Warning Messages 185 8 19 8 20 8 21 8 22 You will also receive this error if the name of a non existent file is specified on the Temprecord command line See Also Error and Warning Messages Error loading web file Temprecord is unable to load the file from the web storage folder e Check that the correct username and password is entered in your web options e Check that the file exists in your web folder If you are attempting to open the file from the recent files list and the file has meanwhile been deleted moved or renamed you will receive this error e You might have experienced a temporary internet error while trying to load the file Try to load the file again See also Error and warning messages Error opening web file Temprecord is unable to load the file from the web storage folder e Check that the correct username and password is entered in your web options e Check that the file has a TR or PDF extension If you are attempting to open any other type of file Temprecord tries to use the filetypes that Windows knows about e g if the file is a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet XLS Temprecord will attempt to open it with Excel See also Error and warning messages Error printing to PDF file Temprecord is unable to create the print image for some reason When Temprecord prints a report a PDF file image is created in memory If an error results c
71. 05 10 1993 e Jones RJ Establishment of Provisional Quality Assurance Guidelines for Assessing the Hygienic Adequacy of Beef Side Cooling Regimes Meat Science 43 345 349 1996 Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 104 Temprecord Help 6 3 5 e Jones Ru Phillips DM A HACCP based Process Control Plan using Predictive Microbiology Proceedings of the International Symposium of the Institute of Refrigeration Quimper France 1997 in press e Reichel MP Phillips DM Jones Ru Gill CO Assessment of the Hygienic Adequacy of a Commercial Hot Boning Process for Beef by a Temperature Function Integration Technique Intl J Food Micro 14 1991 27 42 Refrigeration Index Introduction Temprecord can calculate and display Refrigeration Index values The Refrigeration Index is calculated from the start sample to the end sample or over the whole sample record if these have not been set See Refrigeration Index Graph View for details The following text is based on a document supplied by Meat Livestock Australia It describes how to apply the RI values calculated by Temprecord Lag phase A lag phase may occur when a bacterium moves from one environment to another especially if it has to adjust to a new environment The hot boning work described above demonstrated a good correlation when 5 generations of lag were introduced to the equation 5 generations of growth 1 5 log 10 can be subtracted fr
72. 2 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 138 Temprecord Help 7 4 Check this option if you want Temprecord to prompt you for the name of the file to be exported If this option is not checked Temprecord chooses a filename based on the Temprecord data filename or the logger serial number if the logger data has been read but not yet saved as a file and appends the ASCII filetype specified in the Export Options Check for Logger on Startup Check this option if you want Temprecord to check for a logger when it first starts If a logger is found the summary data will be read and a window opened with the summary data displayed If this option is not check no attempt is made to check for a logger on startup You can still check for a logger by pressing the spacebar or using the File Query Logger function Bluetooth Compatibility It is possible to access Temprecord loggers over a Bluetooth interface If your computer is fitted with a Bluetooth to serial adapter and you select this COM port with Temprecord you will be able to access a logger connected to another Bluetooth to serial adapter Because of the timing uncertainties of a Bluetooth connection Temprecord needs to make changes to the way it communicates with the logger Setting this option will ensure that the communication is reliable Consult the documentation for the Bluetooth to serial adapter for details on configuration Fast Download This option was present in p
73. 27 e f the mouse wheel is moved away from you the graph is Zoomed in about the position of the mouse cursor e f the mouse wheel is moved towards you the graph is zoomed out about the position of the mouse cursor Each click of the mousewheel results in a change of approximately 25 in the zoom factor The zoom factor cannot be increased or decreased past certain limits When these limits are reached turning the mousewheel has no effect See also Zooming with the mouse How zooming works 6 6 13 5 Horizontal Zoom In graph view mode you can alter the horizontal zoom factor with the Shift plus and Shift minus keys hold the shift key down while you press the plus and minus keys You can also access the horizontal zoom functions from the view menu View Zoom X and View Zoom X or from the pop up menu that displays when you click on the right mouse button You can also zoom in horizontally expand the time axis on your displayed graph by clicking on this speed button on the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window You can also zoom out horizontally compress the time axis on your displayed graph by clicking on this speed button kd on the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window If you have data displayed in several windows from different loggers the Zoom Window to Presetsfunction is a useful way of displaying and printing the graphs for compariso
74. 4 Selects all the samples This is equivalent to clicking on the first sample pressing F7 to set the start sample to the first sample then clicking on the last sample pressing F8 to set the end sample to the last sample Any Copy operation will then copy all of the samples to the clipboard The select all samples operation can also be carried out by pressing Ctrl A while in the graph view or selecting Select All from the right click menu in graph view This button is only functional if there is logger or file data loaded and graph view mode is selected pa Sets the start sample to the graph sample cursor i e the position on the graph of the cursor This is equivalent to pressing F7 This button is only functional if there is logger or file data loaded and graph view mode is selected a Sets the end sample to the graph sample cursor i e the position on the graph of the cursor This is equivalent to pressing F8 This button is only functional if there is logger or file data loaded and graph view mode is selected Copies the samples between and including the start and end samples to the clipboard From the clipboard the samples can then be pasted into a spreadsheet such as Microsoft Excel or a word processing document See Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 20 Temprecord Help 1 7 copying samples to the clipboard for more information This button is only functional if there is logger or file da
75. 6 Growth Statistics 152 139 141 144 147 139 141 144 145 146 Headers 166 help files 197 help index 14 help menu 12 high speed downloads 137 horizontal 127 horizontal zoom 127 howdol 27 how to use help 14 how zooming works 124 humidity limit delay and 80 humidity logging duration when logging 75 humidity resolution and accuracy 90 humidity sample period and 74 humidity unable menu items disabled 46 humidity unable to alter parameters 44 Humidity unable to program parameters 56 humidity upper and lower limits 79 Humidity viewing 111 humidity data exporting 68 humidity data viewing 44 Humidity loggers 25 Humidity loggers setting up 73 Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 212 Temprecord Help hygiene index 100 cant select the Humidity options when program the logger parameters 56 incompatible 187 incorrect datafile format incorrect firmware 187 Info viewing 134 INI file 194 INI fle TRW 38 Installation 27 30 38 Installation custom 38 Installation log files 38 insufficient memory 201 Integrity profile 98 international settings interrupts 49 invalid limit delay 182 197 187 invalid lower temperature limit 187 invalid password 190 invalid password submitted 187 invalid preset date or time 188 invalid sample period 188 invalid start date 188 invalid start delay 188 invalid start time 188 invalid upper temperature limit 189 IR
76. 6 failed to reuse 191 failed to start 192 fast downloads 137 field delimiter 158 fields edting 66 file deleting 63 file comments editing 66 file menu 58 file read error 186 File saving options date formatting 140 File saving options web files 139 file write error 187 Filenames 139 141 144 147 Filenames default 139 141 144 147 files closing 65 files deleting 200 Files emailing 64 Files installation log 38 files opening 61 files opening recent 69 files renaming 64 Files saving 59 139 141 144 145 146 147 Files Saving as PDF 147 Files Saving TR data 145 146 finding the trace 114 Firmware 187 189 first sample 114 flags 106 108 Flashes 87 Folder unable to create 205 Folder names 139 141 144 145 146 147 Folders default 139 141 144 145 146 147 fonts 136 148 150 152 154 163 Footers 166 foreign languages 171 Format page 166 format error 182 Format specifiers 139 141 144 145 146 147 format version error 182 Formatted filenames Formatted folder names 147 Formatting options date 176 forms 201 Gz general options 137 getting started 13 GMT 176 goto 113 go to functions 115 116 123 Go to Sample 114 goto functions 114 124 graph 106 108 114 graph appearance on printed report is different to screen 57 graph height 163 graph view format of date and time 110 graph view options 154 grayed menu items 4
77. 81 Color printing 163 colors 148 150 152 154 COM Ports 49 138 201 comma 150 158 163 Command line function errors command line options 207 command line parameters 20 comment editing 66 comment fields 27 195 comment fields using 67 commentlabels 172 comments editing 66 common problems 43 Confirm key 184 confirmation 190 confirmation of password 181 179 148 137 117 184 Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 210 Temprecord Help confirming apassword 190 conflicts 49 contents 12 control panel 49 171 Cool zone 98 Cooling blood 152 Cooling product 152 Cooling rate of 105 158 Copy samples to clipboard 117 Copy to Excel 120 Copying to the clipboard 161 Corrupted logger data 181 CRC bad 180 cursor 44 108 cursor functions 113 114 115 116 123 124 Custom installation 38 D damaged files 208 data exporting 68 data printing 69 Datais corrupted 181 datawindows 112 datafile format error 182 datafile format incorrect 182 datafile format version error 182 date appearance on printed report is different to screen 57 date format 110 158 Date formatting file saving options 140 Date formatting options 176 DB 25 25 DB 9 25 Default filenames 139 141 144 147 Default folders 139 141 144 145 146 147 defaults 168 Defaults Mon T logger parameters 168 degrees 150 163 delete file dialog 63 deleting a file 63 deleting files 63
78. 845 xls B9 File Edit wiew Insert Format Tools Data Window Help Type a question For t i aria 10 B U BS Sy 9 SE cs EP a ua a o g A A a Q Pe Reply with Changes End Review B help X A A 25 04 2009 4 03 49 2 88 25 04 2009 4 04 49 2 88 25 04 2009 4 05 49 2 82 25 04 2009 4 06 49 2 70 25 04 2009 4 07 49 2 53 25 04 2009 4 08 49 2 33 25 04 2009 4 09 49 2 09 25 04 2009 4 10 49 1 83 25 04 2009 4 11 49 1 54 25 04 2009 4 12 49 1 43 25 04 2009 4 13 49 1 78 25 04 2009 4 14 49 2 23 14 25 04 2009 4 15 49 2 54 SP ee fs YD You can also use the Ctrl E key or the Copy to Excel speed button E to achieve the same result wish but there should be no need to do so When Temprecord copies your data to an Excel spreadsheet it makes choices for you as to how the data should be displayed You can alter these formatting choices on your spreadsheet if you e When a temperature or humidity value is copied to the spreadsheet the display format is set to 2 decimal places Temprecord uses a format specifier of 0 00 for th ese cells e When a date is copied to the spreadsheet the display format is set to show the date according to the users local regional settings short date format and the time as a fixed setting Temprecord uses a format specifier of lt users short date format gt hh mm ss AM PM for these cells e When a duration is copied to the spreadsheet the displa
79. 97 next marker 116 No color 163 No email recipients specified 186 No files to attach 186 no response from logger 189 no wakeup 189 Ox open file dialog 62 opening afile 61 184 opening recent files 69 Operation kiosk 92 options 135 136 137 168 171 options Auto Mode 175 options command line 20 options comment labels 172 Options Date formatting 176 Options email 168 170 options export 158 options general 137 options graph view 154 options printing 163 Options SMTP 170 options statistics view 152 options summary view 148 options values view 150 options Web 172 Options web load and save 174 overwriting 80 137 P Page format 166 Paper size 166 Parameter defaults Mon T logger 168 parameters 20 44 72 74 75 168 203 parameters programming 71 parentheses 150 163 password 77 78 187 passwords 181 190 201 PDF 186 PDF file error 185 PDF files emailing 64 PDF files saving 147 PDF temporary files unable to create 185 PHI 100 152 163 PIP 98 plugging the readerin 25 popup menus 14 Portrait 166 preferences 137 presets 27 130 131 188 preview 150 163 previous marker 116 print all 69 print dialog 68 Print footers 166 Print headers 166 printer drivers 202 printer fonts 136 printing 45 68 202 printing data 69 printing options 68 163 printing problems 45 problems 43 problems programming parameters 44 process hygiene ind
80. A E A AN 186 Error reading Mle isin cncccssccectcescdecs ceccscectteseseetveccencenececuett vesacecteesoaaeutedconecedeeccnecstesctecetvetecectereectectis 186 Error sending OMalll cscccecensecteccssceciecensececcenneceesensceeceeendeedsccuasdeesdcuuece edencecvevsnscecdevensceteresacevis 186 Error writing file lt filMaMe gt ecccceseeeceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeneeenseseeeeeeseseeeseesesnenseseseeeeseseeeeeeneeeenenes 187 Incorrect TIM Wale ean aeina ae an A et cucecs deecacece desentdes seconded evendeadecudececetevenceuese 187 Invalid limit delay COUNL cceseeeneseeneeeeneeeeeeeeeseee see neeneeseseeeneeseseeneeseeseeneeseseeneeeeeseeneeeeseeenenes 187 Invalid lower temperature LiMit c ecceceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeseseeeneeseseeneeseeseeneeseseeeeeeseseeneeeesneenenes 187 Invalid password SUDIMITEM eee ceeeee ee eeeee cece neeeee eee neeeee se seeeeeeseseeeeeseeeeseeeseseseeeeseseeneesesneeeenes 187 Invalid sample PETiOd eeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneneeeeneeeeeseeseeeenseseeseeeeeseeneeseeseeneesaseseeeesaseeneeseseeenenes 188 Invalid start date icc pinnaan aaae eddecede eu ceequeteeeuuedecetoudcessctouedes seuccessvenecstevaetecnes 188 invald start delay consire EEEE A E a a 188 lipva lid Start UME serons es Sock ae cd wcadenceccecdon ceectaceyceecdaetssecuadecdccqderesituadeceuseucdezevvaudcecsvactededs 188 Invalid preset date OF tiIMe ceseeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeseseen
81. A a E E EA aS E a R 127 Zoom Between Start and End MarkerS c escceccseeeseeeceeseceeeeeeceaeeeeeceesaeseeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeeseeesaeseaeeeeesaeeeeeeeees 128 ZOOM Al sacri EE TETE TA E RO E E TE ete e ee e nee AS 128 ZOOMING WIth the MOUSCwiccccccccicewcticncevceesesececsavensebonaceeceedrenssevdavesedercescedabedecteesievechseachadvedbechsedenontedeneees 129 Zoom Window to Presets s c saicvesserteiai eA a N E A E ania he 130 ZOOM all WINGOWS 10 PrOSOtS eossvcssceicccdecees ieveesevesedpeunrsuecsesttersctvssvceeesveasberdabeceddavonlevectedbcceaseevertevavednensedhetes 130 ZOOM All Windows To ThiS ON cescecessceeececeeseeeseeaceesecscecseesaesseecseeeaesseeaeesaesseesaeeaesaaeeaeseaeseetaeeeaeeaeee 131 Assign Presets from WindOW 0 tiuaineacnive dna i d iaat 131 Using the ZOOM Presets ninn as aa e e ch tues a EEE a a SE h 131 Set as Start Sample 132 Setas End Sample a a e seit adda ee ence ste day e E A a aa aeaeo aa 133 Tile Vertically iccsiciccccccsscscacesatesstateadevennsveseacoacesnaceioadsdeccs sudsaibaisasasadoaisadbavtessaunsnaubdvadeuesnnciaased scoaisudcesautdsaiadsadseabedsse 133 Tile Horizontally lt isccetsncsacssvecsestcecntevensivssscessesssudanssusscadsensenguscsvasevedeervadedvaccrandsessevaustseudavdauddsubeveuiuesddvesetsesstendnersest 134 Cascade 134 Close 134 View Info 134 Refrigeration Index Graph View cessssecscseesseeseessesseneseeeseesseeseesseaseesseaseneseesseeseeeseesseaseneseeseeeseaeseesse
82. DF Filename Folder for PDF Files Using the File and Folder Templates ee Default TR Filename Default TR Filename The default TR filename determines the form of the initial filename TRW chooses when the data from a logger is saved toa TR file It is important to note that what is specified here is a template for the filename and the actual filename will not usually be the same as what you enter here though it can be if you want When TRW chooses the filename it uses the default filename template but treats several characters as having special meaning For example the character L means the logger serial number and the characters yyyy mean the current year For a detailed discussion and examples of the way file and folder formatting characters work see i the topic Using the File and Folder Templates If you want to have characters in the filename but don t want them to be interpreted by the above rules they must be enclosed in double quotes thus to use a filename of My Logger tr you must enclose the filename in quotes thus My Logger tr want a different extension you can enter it Note also that you cannot use the characters colon slash and V backslash in your filename If TRW finds any characters that are not valid in a filename it will replace them with underscores _ If you want to specify a path as well as a filename use the Folder for TR files option see below If TR
83. E etry 147 6 Summary View Options cccccecccceceeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeseeseesneeeeeeeessaaeseseeeeesaeseseaeseseaeeseaesennaeeneeeeeeeas 148 7 Show Mon T specific SettinGS cccescccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeesseaeseseeeeeeeeseseaesaseaeeseneseseaeeneeeeeeeas 150 8 Values View OPNO g aar a a a a r aa ar a eel eddie eile ee 150 9 Statistics View Options ci cccccs ien aaaea e a aae a aa a ap aaa ee en ee 152 10 Graph View Op OAS ea a a stan aa aa aara aae an aoe aa apina aai aaae E oiiae Sranda raaes asana aduis 154 ZOOM ANd presets OPtiONS siciccsccscsecseriseccesessarcaaisecciscseisevatsesevncwevecinandsensdsncdsadcedsnasedascnadocsenadscubiesavaveutnibacseccose 155 TA Witew Options E asses ccd faded ice cae E A 156 121 SEXPOMt OPtOns oes E E A A E E T 158 Copy to Clipboard Excel Options cssscesssessneeesseseessesseneseesseeseesneesseeseneseasenesesneassesseasseaseneseesseesseeseensentens 161 13 Printing OPON Sisse a ieaiai tastes cteceet enveeveecececceceescesnsecaececeetentersseteeseccusvesuectstesceccue este saatidecenettes 163 aE Set Print COlOMS sce E sce deed ia be Seed nc ooce ae ie Ins sedate Sees nade leet ied fo acl ee eae tee 166 15 Header and Footers Paper SiZe ccsseccscseceseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeseeseeeeneeeesseaesanneeenseesessaesaseeneeseeeess 166 16 Parameter DetaUult Sin sccccccdccccscensscsecre cedeen cectectacnteevesdenndcnecedeedvescdes vectaesccvceesved endeudeeceusetaderau
84. Error and Warning Messages 187 8 26 8 27 8 28 8 29 8 30 If you receive an error of this for wham using MAPI to send emails the error explanation xxx will indicate the error response returned from the MAPI interface You may need to refer to your IT administrator for guidance on fixing these errors See Also Error and Warning Messages SMTP Email Options Error writing file lt filename gt Temprecord could not write to the named file If your computer is part of a network check that the file is not held open by another user and that you have permission to write to the file e Check that the file is not marked as read only See Also Error and Warning Messages Incorrect firmware The logger you are trying to communicate with contains features that mean that this version of Temprecord is incompatible with the logger You will need to download an update from http www temprecord com See also Logger Firmware Revision 2 14 Invalid limit delay count The permissible range for the limit delay parameter is 0 to 255 Enter a number in this range See Also Error and Warning Messages Invalid lower temperature limit The permissible range for the lower temperature limit is from 327 68 to 327 67 degrees C This corresponds to a range of 557 8 to 621 8 degrees F Enter a number in this range See Also Error and Warning Messages Invalid password submitted This logger you have tried to acc
85. Excel 7 13 Printing Options Use the Options Printing page to set up how your printed reports are formatted Summary Check the Summary option if you wish the summary to be printed The information printed is the same as that shown in the summary view window except that there are options for independently determining whether the comment lines and user data are printed User Data Lines Specify the number of lines zero through 5 of user data you wish to print Statistics Check the Statistics option if you wish the statistical data to be printed The information printed is the same as that shown in the statistics view window If the start and end samples are not set to the first and last sample an additional set of statistical information is printed for the samples between the start and end markers If the data visible in the graph view is less than the entire record an additional set of statistical information is printed for the samples visible on the graph If the checkbox On new page is checked the statistics data starts printing on a fresh page Graph Check the Graph option if you want the temperature data to be shown as a graph Temprecord can allocate anything from 10 of the page not very useful to the whole page for the graph of temperature data see the following option Graph Height If there is not this amount of space remaining on the page after the printing of any the previous data the graph will be prin
86. PC is checked If TRW INI is found there it is read This folder is normally called something like C Documents and Settings All Users Documents Temprecord Application Data TRW e If TRW INI is not found in the common application folder the local settings application folder is checked If TRW INI is found there it is read This folder is normally called something like C Documents and Settings lt User name gt Local Settings Application Data Temprecord TRW e If TRW INI is not found in any of these three locations a new default one is created in the local settings Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 42 Temprecord Help application data folder e When TRW exits the INI file is written back to the folder it was read from If the user does not have write access to that folder or the file is marked as read only no error message is issued The above behaviour enables various configurations to be accommodated The installation default is for each user to have their own INI file Alternatively the INI file can be copied to the common application data folder and it will be used by all users on that workstation Finally the INI file can be copied to a network server folder containing a shared copy of TRW INI and all users on the network will share the INI settings The installer creates a new TRW INI file unless it finds an existing one from a previous installation so existing settings should be pres
87. Qs 49 K Key encryption 140 184 Kiosk 92 lee labels comment 67 Landscape 166 language 171 languages 197 LaserJet problems 202 lastsample 114 LED s 87 limitdelay 78 80 187 limits 27 48 79 111 list of error messages 177 Load and Save web options 174 locale date format 110 Log events 134 Log files installation 38 Logged in user name 141 logger no response 189 logger no wakeup 189 Logger firmware 189 logger parameters changing 90 logger password 77 Logger response unknown Logger tracking 173 Loggers humidity 25 logging duration 75 logging duration when logging both temperature and humidity 75 Logging Temperature or Both 73 loop overwrite 80 loop overwtite 48 lower and upper limits 111 lower limit 79 187 Manufacture date showing MAPI 168 markers 81 116 124 128 maximum 116 123 Maximum temperature 82 memory 201 menu items grayed 46 menus 14 messages 177 meta strings 168 Meta strings in print headers and footers Microsoft Access exporting to 158 Microsoft Excel 161 Microsoft Excel copying samples to minimum 116 123 Minimum temperature 82 MKT Statistics 152 Mode kiosk 92 Monochrome printing Mon T 82 Mon T Logger 87 Mon T logger default parameters mouse 129 MS Access exporting to 208 148 166 120 163 168 158 Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Index 213 N networks 30 Neutrality Zone of thermal
88. R 82801FB FBM USB Universal Host Controller 2654 Intel R 82801FB FBM USB Universal Host Controller 2656 Intel R 82801FB FBM USB2 Enhanced Host Controller 265C Temprecord USB Reader USB Mass Storage Device USB Root Hub USB Root Hub USB Root Hub m EE ecossosecssocscosee If the driver for the Temprecord Reader Interface is missing or incorrectly installed and the a yellow exclamation mark will show beside the USB symbol in the hardware list Right click the Temprecord USB Reader entry and select Update Driver The following dialog will display Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 36 Temprecord Help Hardware Update Wizard Welcome to the Hardware Update Wizard This wizard helps you install software for Temprecord USB Reader C If your hardware came with an installation CD lt 6 or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do Install the software automatically Recommended Select Install from a specific location Advanced and click Next Hardware Update Wizard Please choose your search and installation options x4 Search for the best driver in these locations Use the check boxes below to limit or expand the default search which includes local paths and removable media The best driver found will be installed I Search removable media floppy CD ROM IV Include this locat
89. Saving Options Web Files File Saving Options Encryption File Saving Options Date Formatting File Saving Options Web Files These options determine the names automatically generated for files and folders when Temprecord data files and PDF report files are stored on Temprecord s World Wide Web servers In order to use this facility you need to have a web account set up with Temprecord Contact us for more information The file saving options for web files work in much the same way as they do for files that you save on your computer See the topics Using the File and Folder Templates and When are default filename and folders used for more information There is no practical limit to the length of file and folder names the number of folders or the depth to which they can be nested Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 140 Temprecord Help 7 5 2 7 5 3 Your Temprecord Web storage facility provides you with a single folder All data files and folders you save will be relative to the root of this folder Any folders you specify with these options will be created at the time the file is saved There is presently no facility for manually creating a folder or specifying a folder or filename See also Saving files to the Web Loading files from the Web File Saving Options File Saving Options Encryption File Saving Options Date formattin Using the File and Folder Templates When a
90. Temprecord User s Manual Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd EZ A ER e Ba J K A 4 l g K f in PES y 7 j a b A Ey Wt User s Manual for Temprecord Software Temprecord User s Manual Version 5 21 This is the User s Manual for the Temprecord for Windows software and associated temperature and humidity loggers The contents of this manual mirror the online help provided with the application but the format of this PDF file is better suited to printing Temprecord User s Manual Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd All rights reserved No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means graphic electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording taping or information storage and retrieval systems without the written permission of the publisher Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and or registered trademarks of the respective owners The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this document or from the use of programs that may accompany it In no event shall the publisher and the author be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have be
91. These files are not provided for in the Windows driver set so users running from a shared network copy of TRW EXE will not be able to access loggers with a Temprecord Reader interface the help files on a shared drive Windows help files CHM files will not function properly unless they are located on the same machine as the user i e they cannot be on a network drive The simplest way to circumvent this problem is to install Temprecord on every machine that will be running it i Changes in the way Windows Help is implemented mean that it is more difficult to install Windows XP Vista Windows XP and Windows Vista have additional security measures which prevent a user opening a help file on a remote network drive If you receive the message Navigation Canceled displayed in a help window this is the reason To prevent this make sure that Temprecord is installed on every machine that needs to run it i e locally We have provided a batch installer to enable rapid deployment of Temprecord software across multiple machines See the file Install txt in the distribution package and also the topic Notes for System Administrators See Also Installation of Temprecord Installing Temprecord Reader USB Drivers Notes for System Administrators Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Installation of Temprecord 31 2 2 Installing Temprecord Reader USB Drivers Normally installation of the USB drivers required
92. This option has no effect unless the Show battery status option is checked The remaining logger battery capacity is not measured directly but is calculated using Temprecord s knowledge of the past use of the logger The figure arrived at is conservative i e you may well get more use out of the logger than the displayed remaining battery capacity suggests We do not recommend this however and a logger with a battery that shows as exhausted should be removed from service Font Use the Font button to change the font Temprecord uses for the text in the summary view You can only choose from the fixed spacing fonts installed on your computer Proportional fonts are not available for the summary display Annotation Color Use the Annotation Color button to change the color used when displaying the annotation text i e the text on the left of the window that is the same each time Data Color Use the Data Color button to change the color used when displaying the summary data text i e the text on the right of the window that changes for each file or logger that is read Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 150 Temprecord Help 7 7 7 8 As an example if you select blue as the annotation color and red as the data color your summary text would look like this Logger Type scientific Serial Number 00001766 Be careful when changing these colors If you select a color that is the s
93. W finds a path component specified in the default filename it will be ignored D You do not need to specify the file extension TR for Temprecord data files If you The panel below the Default TR Filename field shows you what filename would be used for the given file name format specifier As you type your filename format specifier the filename sample is updated The installation default specifier for the default TR filename is L YYYY MM DD hh nn ss This means that the default filename for a datafile read from logger S1234567 at 12 34 56 on the 1st of June 2009 would be 1234567 2009 06 01 12 34 56 tr Note that the tr extension is added automatically If you want a different extension you should enter it as part of the format specifier For example a specifier of L YYYY MM DD hh nn ss dat would result in a filename with the extension dat Note that the extension characters are surrounded by double quote characters to prevent them being interpreted as formatting instructions See the topic When are default filename and folders used for more information Take care with formatted filenames and folders If careful attention is not paid to how they are used one can unintentionally create a myriad of strangely named files and folders Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 146 Temprecord Help 7 5 7 See also Folder for TR Files Default PDF Filename Folder for PDF Files Using the File
94. a faithful measurement of the local temperature Positioning the probe The probe is positioned to measure temperature at a site that reflects the process s greatest ability to allow bacterial growth This means that the logger s probe must be attached to the warmest meat surface site where bacterial contamination occurs and the monitored meat must follow the process through its warmest path Deep tissue temperature whilst warmer than the surface during the initial carcass cooling phase is NOT used because deep tissue is sterile and bacterial growth does not therefore need to be considered If the warmest path is not known or is variable a number of samples e g carcasses are monitored that are representative of the load For a carcass the slowest cooling site is adjacent to the aitch bone pocket bovine or within the cavity adjacent to the 5th and 6th lumbar vertebrae ovine After cold boning the probe should be placed on the surface of a small cut which has the ability to re heat at the fastest rate After warm hot boning a large cut is used because it will cool the slowest After packaging including offals the probe is placed at the thermal centre of the load e g between two cuts at the centre of a box in the centre of the load Further specifications can be tailored for your own process or obtained from the appropriate regulatory literature Types of processes Before calculating a process PHI an operator must decide what type o
95. a simple averaging of the temperatures Temprecord calculates the MKT value for the samples between the start and end samples and displays the value on the graph view and Statistics view Technically speaking MKT is an expression of cumulative thermal stress experienced by a product at varying temperatures during storage and distribution In other words MKT is a calculated single temperature that is analogous to the effects of temperature variations over a period of time MKT is not a simple weighted average The calculation of MKT gives the higher temperatures a greater weight when computing the average than would a simple numerical average or an arithmetic mean This weighting is determined by a geometric transformation the natural logarithm of the absolute temperature Product Integrity Profile PIP A frequent use of Temprecord data loggers is to monitor the temperature of a shipment with passive refrigeration i e where cooling of the product is achieved by adding refrigerated ballast such as ice packs to the consignment The temperature profile thus starts off at a relatively higher temperature falls to a minimum then warms back to ambient The goal is to ensure the product cools quickly and remains in the safe storage temperature zone for the anticipated duration of the journey Blood products tend to use this type of refrigeration where the container is made from expanded polystyrene foam If a Temprecord logger is included with the s
96. abling the anti virus software and start Temprecord again Temprecord only allows one instance of the application to be running at once If you try to start Temprecord when it already running an error message will display Temprecord won t recognize my logger The most common reason for this is confusion over COM Ports If you receive the error message Unable to open COMx the port selected is either in use by another device or program or the port doesn t exist If you receive the message Unable to Access Temprecord Logger it means that Temprecord has found the COM Port but was unable to communicate with the logger The arrow keys don t move the cursor on the graph In Graph View mode the left and right arrow keys move the sample cursor one sample to the left or right If the current zoom factor is such that there are more samples across the screen than there are pixels across the screen a pixel is the smallest screen element your computer s screen can display the displayed cursor will not necessarily move on screen when the cursor is moved with the arrow keys Use the View Zoom In Horizontally function to change the zoom factor so that the samples are displayed more widely apart The trace isn t visible on the graph In Graph View mode at higher Zoom levels it is possible to scroll the displayed area to a point in the graph where the trace is not visible If this occurs you can use the View Go To Find Trace function to position th
97. acteria that contaminate meat are considered to have resolved their lag phase by the time process monitoring is commenced When a single phase process is followed by a second operation the overall process is termed two phase An example is where a carcass is cooled first phase boned and the packaged cuts chilled second phase During this operation the temperature logger is used to measure the first phase as described for the single phase operation The logger is then removed for the boning operation and then placed with the packaged product to continue the monitoring process There may be a regulatory limit on the maximum length of time the logger can be absent from the product between the phases e g one hour for carcass cuts assessment The PHI value for a two phase process can be calculated as follows Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 102 Temprecord Help Remember that you must have the Statistics option Show Growth Statistics checked in HD order for Temprecord to display PHI statistics e 1 In Graph View mark the start and end of the first phase of cooling You can do this quickly by positioning the sample cursor at the start of the first phase of cooling and pressing F7 Then position the cursor at the end of the first phase of cooling and press F8 2 Switch to Statistics View Temprecord will then show a value for the PHI for the first phase The expressed PHI will either be f
98. aecaeeteee 168 Mon T Parameter Defaults aeara ra a aeaa heceediecdeccscttieecceddsteadedennsues ecetencsvsnaedevsacaet osnetuesvocwaes 168 AZ Ermialll Options 2052s E eek a2 soccer da food be A E E ed Sea ed ae has 168 SMIP Email Options e a a ace cbt en A uence e atte veadeceatadl ab a a e a a 170 Emailing Files from Temprecord using GMail sussussnsenuurenrenrunnunennunnunennnnnunnununnunnunnnnnnnunnunnnnennnnnnnnnnnnn nnen en 171 18 LANGUAGE Qp OM Sa a aea r a aa aa a ai aaa aa cceccudeg sdedeseqeedecadeneadzedhaaescducdedseceesnsndzecueueas 171 19 Temprecord Foreign language Translation sssssnsssuunnesnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn 171 20 Comment Labels Options csccccecceeeseeesseeeeeeeeeeeneeesnneeeeeeeeseaaeseseeeeneeeeeseaeseaeeeenseeeeseaesaaeeneeeees 172 21 Weld Option r ete hte r ceed aa cats T rea r r raa ae a aa eaa aeea ee a E aE ear aiao aeoaea aai aia 172 Taking Options E a raar a Eea e a a E e nteh eet aovatt 173 Proxy Settings Options E aaa a e a e A EE E ates cous EEE E Ene Eaa a a 173 Web Load nd Save Options ae a a aa eaea a aae e aa a e eaat 174 22 AUTO MOde O ptlON issie cccetaeeee sence neeecetewetedsnnete acesvesseedaaedececcestateedacudessueysedetecuncuveecesienecececers 175 23 Date Formatting Options scccseceecesccesseeeeeeeeeeeeesesneeeenseeeseaaeseseeeeneeesesaesesueeeneeeesseaeseseeeeeeenes 176 24 System Options r a ar eck eee aate cee a a
99. after exiting the cool zone Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 99 enter and leave the cool zone repeatedly In an environment where the temperature was cycling due to the action of a thermostat and the temperature was repeatedly crossing the upper or lower limit the PIP statistics are less likely to be relevant and should be used with care A The Product Integrity Profile statistics are intended for situations where the temperature does not The start sample sets the start position of the PIP analysis The end sample sets the end position For a logger or file that has just been read the start and end samples are set to the first and last samples This may be appropriate or you can change them at any time and the PIP statistics will be recalculated and displayed for the data between the new start and end samples The upper temperature limit sets the upper boundary of the cool zone and the lower temperature limit the lower boundary For a logger or file that has just been read these limits are set to the limits the logger was programmed with You can change the limits at any time and the PIP statistics will be recalculated and displayed for the new upper and lower limits In the example below the upper and lower limits are set to 10C and 2 3C and the start and end samples are set to the first and last samples 17 00 Product started in cool zone finished in ambient and cooled b
100. aining battery capacity suggests We do not recommend this however and a logger with a battery that shows as exhausted should be removed from service 8 5 Battery is nearly exhausted C gt A The logger battery is almost exhausted You can use the logger but should replace it with another as soon as possible Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Error and Warning Messages 181 8 6 8 7 8 8 This message will display if any attempt is made to program start or reuse the logger when the estimated battery capacity has fallen below 5 The options Show battery status and Warn when battery exhausted must both be checked for this message to display The remaining logger battery capacity is not measured directly but is calculated using Temprecord s knowledge of the past use of the logger The figure arrived at is conservative i e you may well get more use out of the logger than the displayed remaining battery capacity suggests We do not recommend this however and a logger with a battery that shows as exhausted should be removed from service Confirm password is invalid When specifying a password for a logger both the Password and Confirm fields must be filled in with the same number The number can be up to 8 digits You cannot have other characters such as the space character or alphabetic characters The password will not display as you type it See Also Error and Warni
101. al and so on The statistics duration rate of cooling in degrees per hour are calculated for each interval The statistics for these intervals are calculated until the end of the measurement period which is until the number of zones specified has been reached until 5 zones have been done or until the end F8 sample is reached Temprecord also prints and displays two total durations after the rate of cooling values The first total is the time taken from the maximum temperature till the end of the measurement period The second total is the time taken from the end of zone 1 i e from flag 2 until the end of the measurement period i e it does not include zone 1 Values View The temperature data in a Temprecord data window can be displayed in one of four view modes These are summary view statistics view values view and graph view The values view displays the temperatures as a list of values in degrees C or degrees F depending on the setting of the Units option You need to read the logged temperature data to see the values view of the logger Using the File Query Logger function only reads the summary data The settings of the lower and upper limits affect how the values are displayed See the topic how the limits are used when Temprecord displays data for more information Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 106 Temprecord Help In values view mode temperatures that are above the uppe
102. al Ltd View Menu 93 Go to Start Go to End Go to Next Go to Previous Marker Go to Min Go to Max Sample Set as Start End Markers Using the Start and End Markers Using the Min and Max Markers e Using the User Markers e Zoom Functions e How zooming works Horizontal Zoom Vertical Zoom Zoom Between Start and End markers Zoom All Zooming with the Mouse Zoom Window to Presets Zoom all Windows to Presets Assign Presets from Window e Edit Presets View Info Cascade Tile Vertically Tile Horizontally Close 6 1 Toolbars You can enable or disable the display of the five toolbars File Program Copy Graph and Go to Sample oS These toolbars can be dragged from their docking position and sit as a small window in front of i the Temprecord main window You can also dock them to any of the four edges of the main window See also Toolbars and Speed Buttons 6 2 Summary View The temperature data in a Temprecord data window can be displayed in one of four view modes These are summary view statistics view values view and graph view The summary view displays the user data logger serial number sample period etc You do not need to read the logged temperature data to see the summary view of the logger Using the File Query Logger function reads the summary data and changes the view mode of the window to summary view Copyright 1992
103. al fonts are not available for the values display Date Time Color Use the Date Time Color button to change the color used when displaying the date and time text in the values view window Above Limits Color Use the Above Limits Color button to change the color used when displaying those samples that exceed the upper limit If you do not want these samples to appear differently from the other samples choose the same color as the In Range color If you have Total Temperature Value statistics display enabled this color is used if the temperature of that sample exceeds the temperature for that TTV period In Range Color Use the In Range Color button to change the color used when displaying those samples that are between the lower and upper limits Below Limits Color Use the Below Limits Color button to change the color used when displaying those samples that are below the lower limit If you do not want these samples to appear differently from the other Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 152 Temprecord Help samples choose the same color as the In Range color There are separate colors defined for both temperature and humidity values If you have Total Temperature Value statistics display enabled this color is used if the temperature of that sample is less than the temperature for that TTV period The display option Show upper and lower limits needs to be checked for Tempreco
104. ame as the background of the window any text displayed in that color will be invisible See also Show Mon T specific settings Values view options Statistics view options Graph view options Show Mon T specific settings Enable this option if you want to be able to set the Minimum Temperature Resolution or Logger Units of Mon T loggers when programming the parameters This option also displays those parameters on the summary display when enabled See also Programming Mon T parameters Values View Options Use the Values tab of the options form to change the way the values view is displayed Units Check this option if you want the units displayed as a single character C or F after temperature values or as RH after humidity values Degrees Check this option if you want the degrees symbol displayed after temperature values Comma Check this option if you want a comma displayed between each pair of temperature humidity values This option has no effect if only one of temperature or humidity is displayed Parentheses Check this option if you want left and right parentheses displayed around each pair of temperature humidity values This option has no effect if only one of temperature or humidity is displayed Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 151 Preview As you alter the above options the three preview panels show the effect the current set of options h
105. ame size as a DB 9M connector but will be a 15 pin female connector Don t confuse the DB25 M serial port connector with the printer connector The printer connector is normally the same size as a DB 25M connector but will be a 25 pin female connector gt gt gt WARNING The Temprecord Reader model SR2 is a Class A product Ina domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures 1 9 Temprecord Humidity Loggers Data from Temprecord RH loggers can only be viewed with Temprecord software version 3 28 or later The principal difference between Temprecord RH loggers and Temprecord temperature loggers is the presence of an aperture in the front of the RH logger case where the humidity sensor is located The operation of Temprecord Humidity loggers is the same as for Temperature only loggers as described elsewhere in this documentation Dust on the Humidity Sensor To minimize the effects of airborne dust building up on the Humidity sensor use an optional dust cover to protect the Humidity sensor Tests have proven that the proprietary dust cover that is shown below protecting the Humidity sensor does not affect the performance or accuracy of the Temprecord RH logger Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 26 Temprecord Help The dust covers have been designed and manufactured to allow maximum airflow to reach the humidity
106. ameters reading a logger are always enabled but a logger needs to be present in the reader interface gt Program Start Program Stop le Program Read Logger Program Reuse kA Zoom in horizontally kA Zoom out horizontally H 11 Zoom in vertically ae 1 Zoom out vertically k Zoom all ia Zoom to presets FEEN ds No data windows open or view mode is not graph elect all samples Ld Set start sample Set end sample Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 48 Temprecord Help 3 11 3 12 3 13 3 14 B2 Elo to clipboard Copy to Excel o No data windows open or view mode is not graph or 1 Go to minimum sample values BS Go to maximum sample My logger says it exceeded the limits but can t see where The red LED on Mk II and Mk III loggers will flash if the logged temperature has gone above the upper limit or below the lower limit since the logger was started If loop overwrite is on however the sample record contained in the logger will not necessarily have any samples that are outside the limits as these may have been overwritten The start time displayed changes every time insert a marker Temprecord calculates the time of the first sample by taking the current time and counting backwards using the number of samples taken and the sample period If the sample record contains markers as well as temperature values the start time will be earlier
107. ample Function Command Example Function Command Example Function STOP trw stop Stops the logger If the logger is not in the logging state an error message is issued If the logger is already stopped no error is issued OPEN lt filename gt trw open fred Opens a Temprecord data file from disk An error is raised if no filename is specified if the file is not found or if it is not a valid Temprecord data file If no filetype is specified TR is assumed If the filename contains spaces you need to enclose it in double quotes e g trw open data from fred tr READ trw read Reads the data from the logger The logger must be present and either logging or stopped or an error results SAVE lt filename gt trw read save trw read save fred Saves the loaded Temprecord data to a disk file as a Temprecord data file An error results if there is no data loaded i e a READ or OPEN command line option must also be specified If no filename is specified and the loaded data is from a file an error is issued If no filename is specified and the loaded data is from a logger a filename is constructed from the logger serial number If a filename is specified and no filetype TR is assumed NOTE If the file already exists it is overwritten You will not be prompted before overwriting even if that option is checked in TRW If the filename contains spaces you need to enclose it in double quotes e
108. an earlier model Temprecord logger you may only alter the first field of the comment fields Don t get the comment fields confused with the user data The comment fields are stored with the file they are not stored in the logger itself They are provided as a means of annotating the data files after they have been read from the logger or for providing additional data when files are exported to other applications such as spreadsheets You can also edit the comment fields from the pop up menu that displays when you press the right hand mouse button You can change the labels that appear to the left of the comment fields Use the Options Comment Labels function to do this These labels are also stored in the Temprecord data file You cannot change the labels in the file only the data in the fields themselves See the topic Using the comment fields for more information See also Editing a comment Saving a file 4 17 Using the Comment Fields Temprecord provides a powerful means of attaching additional information to temperature data files When a Temprecord data set is created i e when data is read from a logger and displayed in a window a set of comment fields is created along with associated comment labels There are 10 comment fields each with an associated label Each comment field can be up to 64 characters The label can be up to 16 characters The comment labels are assigned from the setting in the Options Comment La
109. and Folder Templates When are default filename and folders used Folder for TR Files Folder for TR Files Enter the folder name or path where you want to save your data files Whatever filename entered in the Default TR Filename field is appended to this folder name The folder name specified can be used directly if it is enclosed in double quotes or it can be treated as a format template using the same rules as for the default TR filename See the topic Using the File and Folder Templates for more information If you wish to save the files in a date organized tree of folders the path should be specified here You can also use the specifiers for the logger serial number and the sequence number in this field The panel below the Folder to save files to field shows you what folder would be used for the given file name format specifier As you type your folder format specifier the folder sample is updated Sometimes the folder name generated by the formatting is too long to fit in the display panel underneath each field In this case Temprecord shortens the displayed path name so that the start and end characters are displayed and a portion of the middle part is replaced by an ellipsis If you want to see the whole pathname move the cursor over the sample panel and a hint will display with the full pathname The installation default specifier for the default folder for TR files is a blank string This is a special case that place
110. ange Click on the sample and press the F8 key The range of samples selected is shown on the graph in a different colored background e f you want to copy all the samples into the spreadsheet type Cirl A to select all the samples e Open the Graph right click menu by clicking the right hand button on your mouse Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 121 Temprecord File N PROJECTS MONITOR trw 0000002 27Apr09 0845 TR File Program View Options Help ey AtA LAA i BCA Vea A P aa Data is From file N PROJECTS MONITOR trw 000 Saturday 25 April 2009 12 57 49 p m 71 83 C from multi trip logger serial number 0000002 Summary Values Statistics v Graph Select All Ctrl A Copy Ctrl C v Temperature Humidity Temperature and Humidity GoTo b zoom Set as Start Sample Set as End Sample e Select Copy to Excel from the menu The data will be pasted into the spreadsheet as one to three columns 1 The date and time of the sample This column can be suppressed if required 2 The temperature of the sample in the selected display units if temperature was logged 3 The humidity of the sample if humidity was logged The temperatures will be copied in the current display units C or F Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 122 Temprecord Help EJ Microsoft Excel 0000002 27Apr09 0
111. aph view is not the same as the first PHI Process Hygiene Index Growth statistics Shows the bacterial growth information in the displayed and printed statistics Product Integrity Profile Product Integrity Profile is a means of determining how effective refrigeration of a shipment has been When Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 153 enabled the graph is annotated with the times taken to reach key points such as the minimum temperature and transitions of the upper and lower limits The duration taken is also displayed The statistics view also shows a report from this data Product Cooling Alerts When the product cooling alert function is enabled the graph shows a flag when the temperature has risen a certain amount above the minimum The maximum temperature rise allowed before the alert is displayed can be specified This function is often used to determine whether blood products have been maintained adequately in a controlled environment Show MKT Statistics Check this box if you want the Mean Kinetic Temperature MKT statistics to be displayed and printed as well as the normal statistical data This option must be checked in order for MKT statistics to be graphed printed or exported MKT Options Delta H value Enter the value of Delta H or activation energy for your product The nominal value used for this is 83 14472 kJ mol which is suitable for most materials The cal
112. aracters are displayed and a portion of the middle part is replaced by an ellipsis If you want to see the whole pathname move the cursor over the sample panel and a hint will display with the full pathname YD Sometimes the folder name generated by the formatting is too long to fit in the display The installation default specifier for the default folder for PDF files is pdf This places and PDF files in folder C Documents and Seitings Joe Bloggs My Documents My Temprecord Files pdf _ If you were to enter a specifier of pdf Joes Reports the PDF report files would be saved in folder C Documents and Settings Joe Bloggs My Documents My Temprecord Files pdf Joes Reports Note that the specifier is surrounded by double quote characters to prevent it being interpreted as formatting instructions If Instead Joe wanted to store his reports organized by month he could enter as the specifier pdf Joes Reports for mmmm yyyy In this case the PDF report files would be saved in folder C Documents and Settings Joe Bloggs My Documents My Temprecord Files pdf Joes Reports for June 2009 for any logger he read in that month Joes Reports for July 2009 in the next month and so on See the topic When are default filename and folders used for more information Take care with formatted filenames and folders If careful attention is not paid to how they are used one can unintentionally create a myriad of strangely named files and folders S
113. are carried out You must have arranged this facility with Temprecord before these functions can be used and the computer used must be connected to the internet at least occasionally if tracking information cannot be sent immediately it is queued and sent when a web connection is available Site Identifier Fill this field in with a unique string that will serve to identify the site the tracking information was sent from for example San Francisco Cold Store 7 The site identifier is included in all tracking entries recorded Advanced Tracking Options You should not need to alter these settings unless directed by Temprecord Purge Tracking Queue Age days When tracking entries cannot be sent because access to the Internet is not possible they are queued and send when the connection comes available This parameter specifies how many days the queued entries are kept for If the tracking entries have not been sent by this time they are discarded Connect Timeout sec This parameter specifies how long Temprecord will wait for a response from the web tracking server before giving up on that attempt Max Send Attempts This parameter specifies how many times Temprecord will try to send each web tracking entry before giving up and discarding the entry Note that Temprecord will not attempt to send tracking entries unless an internet connection is detected Time Between Retries minutes This parameter specifies how many minutes Tempre
114. arker HMk I These are only enabled when there is data View Go To Next Marker loaded from a Mk II or Mk III logger Mk I loggers do not support user markers No data windows open or view mode is not graph View Set as Start Sample No data windows open or view mode is not graph View Set as End Sample View Temperature Only humidity data has been logged View Humidity Only temperature data has been logged View Temperature and Humidity Only humidity data or only temperature data has been logged this menu option is only available when both temperature and Humidity have been logged When I click on a button nothing happens apart from a beep There are occasions when a speed button action is not applicable because certain conditions are not met For example if you do not have any data windows open because you have not opened any files or loaded data from a logger it is not sensible to print data as there is no data to print Under these circumstances Temprecord will beep when the button is clicked on as a reminder that you need to do something else before you can use that entry Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Common Problems 47 The following describes when each of the speed buttons is inoperative Speed Button Disabled When Always enabled No data windows are open I File Save ey No data windows are open File Print Those buttons associated with programming and Program Par
115. as on the display of each temperature value humidity value or temperature humidity value pair Auto wrap Columns If you want Temprecord to display only as many values as will fit across the window then Auto wrap columns should be checked If you want Temprecord to display a fixed number of columns across the window whether they would fit or not the Auto wrap columns should be unchecked You can then change the number of columns in the Columns field This option is useful when you wish each line of values to correspond to a particular time interval If you specify a sample period of 5 minutes for example and you set the number of columns to 12 then each line will contain 1 hours worth of samples Columns The columns option sets the number of columns displayed across the window This option is useful when you wish each line of values to correspond to a particular time interval If you specify a sample period of 5 minutes for example and you set the number of columns to 12 then each line will contain 1 hours worth of samples If you specify more columns here than will fit across the Temprecord data window not all of the temperature values will display If you want all temperature values to be visible make sure the Auto wrap columns option is on Font Use the Font button to change the font Temprecord uses for the text in the values view You can only choose from the fixed spacing fonts installed on your computer Proportion
116. aseneneeas 135 Part VII Options Menu 135 1 Howth Options Work e r ea aa idee a e a aae cemented aea Aeae TAa abanea aas 136 10 Temprecord International Ltd 8 Temprecord Help 2 RONG Dialogs iea E ccc ct cect soan Se ces cece se A EEEE EEEE E TA 136 3 General Option si s iiien naaasar aaa e aE aeaaea Sao Paaa raaa Aae a aaee iaaa e eaaa Saioa andane 137 4 COM Port O ptlons eoki arenan arunas cbtceecettedeteeectidectteeesentechinuendteerectensteenepestuyesteazereuidebetyeteuearetep 138 5 File SAVING OPU ONS aa aae et tees chee a aeaa a e aaa e AA ASAT Eaa aso ai aa anaE aai 139 File Saving Options Web Files c c0 c scccccccessutecedeecceucnepespcnueevecyeey Stedeuseuteneceecrseeh eaae ea eaea aE Eaa NEH 139 File Saving Options Encryption ciccieccccecccceceieecenesectsocsecesensceecencvocersuscceseaeteacstesuedruceunieucdecedecisucesaeecuecuceacusaneetece 140 File Saving Options Date Formatting 140 Using the File and Folder Templates cccssccssseseeesseeeseeeesseesseeeseneeesneessneeseneeseeeesesseneeasaeesenesesneeseneessneeees 141 When are default filename and folders used csscccseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseesesneeeseeensneeseeeeneeeenseeeeaeeeneeeeseeeesaee 144 Default TR Filename cccsscccsseseeessseeeeeseeeeees 145 Folder for TR Files cccssseccssseeeessseeeeeeses 146 Default PDF Filename 147 Folder tor PDF Riles naya eea E ee Daa a a Haoa seu aaa a aaar AE
117. ast sample the same statistics are also presented for the samples defined between the start and end samples The start sample is marked on the graph with the m flag symbol The end sample is marked on the graph with the flag symbol You can set any sample to be the start sample by positioning the graph sample cursor at that sample and using the View Set as Start Sample function or by pressing F7 You can set any sample to be the end sample by positioning the graph sample cursor at that sample and using the View Set as End Sample function or by pressing F8 6 6 12 2 Using the Min and Max Markers The minimum and maximum markers displayed on the graph indicate the extremes of the temperature between the start and end samples If you have just read a logger or file the start and end markers are set to the first and last samples so the minimum and maximum pertain to the whole sample record If you move the start or end markers the minimum and maximum positions will be recalculated and displayed The sample corresponding to the maximum temperature is marked on the graph with the m flag symbol The minimum sample is marked on the graph with the flag symbol You can position the graph sample cursor at the minimum value with the View Go To Minimum function or by pressing F5 You can position the graph sample cursor at the maximum value with the View Go To Maximum function or by pressing F6 The behaviour of these functions changes somewhat when
118. ature Value TTV In many applications the is a need to evaluate thermal performance how well was a certain temperature band maintained over time In some applications the ideal ambient temperature changes over time At any given time there is an optimum temperature range for best results This optimum temperature profile sometimes called the zone of thermal neutrality can be modeled as a single or a series of equal length time periods where each period has a lower an upper temperature An index can be calculated for that period based on the distance the actual temperature strays outside the two limits The total temperature value TTV for that period is calculated as the sum of the number of degrees outside the limits for each temperature sample in the period Samples that are within the limits are not counted only samples where the temperature is outside the limits are counted and the further outside the limits the sample is the higher its contribution for the TTV value for that period The TTV value is thus a temperature time integral of the deviation from the ideal range Temprecord allows you to specify up to 20 TTV periods of any duration and then specify a lower and upper temperature limit for each period The TTV value is calculated separately for the lower and upper limits for each time period and total TTV results are also calculated If the number of samples corresponding to the TTV periods specified exceeds the number of samp
119. available from your IT support person or your ISP Internet Service Provider If your email provider is Google i e GMail see the topic Emailing Files from Temprecord using GMail SMTP Server Enter the name of your SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol server This will be a string in the form of smtp mycompany com or smitp mylSP com SMTP Port Enter the SMTP port number This will be set by your ISP and is normally 20 Use SSL Check this box if you want Temprecord to use SSL Secure Sockets Layer to transmit the emailed data SSL is a high level of encryption used to protect sensitive data from unauthorized eavesdropping Your ISP may not support SSL Authentication Required Check this box if your ISP requires you to provide authentication information a user name and password before you can use their SMTP server to send email SMTP User Name Enter the user name provided by your ISP for access to their SMTP server if your ISP requires you to provide authentication information SMTP Password Enter the password corresponding to the above user name needed to access the SMTP server if your ISP requires you to provide authentication information Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 171 See also Emailing Files from Temprecord using GMail Error sending email Email Options Options Menu 7 17 2 Emailing Files from Temprecord using GMail If your primary email se
120. ave to PDF menu entry B EE Opens a file from Temprecord Web storage Saves the data in the current Temprecord data window to a file to Temprecord Web storage Saves the data in the current Temprecord data window as a PDF report file to Temprecord Web storage You can specify the form that the PDF report takes with the PDF options eee Emails the data in the current Temprecord data window as an attached TR file If the data in the window is from a file or it was from a logger and was subsequently saved to a file the attachment is given that name If the data in the window has been read from logger but not yet saved to a file the name of the attachment is created from the default TR filename The details of the email such as the recipients and accompanying message body are determined be the email options io Bl Prints the data in the current Temprecord data window You can specify the form that the printed report takes with the printing options The same function is available with the File Print menu entry Program Toolbar ia Se al Allows you to program the parameters of a logger You must have a logger inserted in the reader interface and the logger must be in the ready state The same function is available with the Program Parameters menu entry n Starts a logger You must have a logger inserted in the reader interface and the logger must be in the ready state Once a logger has been started yo
121. aved Save file You have changed the comment fields for the named file but the data has not yet been saved to disk You should save the data to disk or your changes to the comment fields will be lost See Also Error and Warning Messages The comment fields for logger lt serial number gt have been edited but the data has not yet been saved Save logger data to file You have changed the comment fields for the data from the logger shown but the data has not yet been saved to disk You should save the data to disk or your changes to the comment line will be lost Click the Yes button if you want to save the changed comment information to a disk file Click the No button if you do not want to save the edited comment information Any changes you have made will be lost Click the Cancel button to abandon the operation See Also Error and Warning Messages The data from this logger has not yet been read Do you wish to read the data and save it before re using the logger You have attempted to reuse the logger without first reading the data from the logger and saving it to disk You should save the data to disk before reusing the logger you will lose the data stored in the logger Click the Yes button if you want to read the logger data before reusing and save it to a disk file Click the No button if you do not want to read the logger data before reusing the logger The data in the logger will be los
122. be printed A When the Visible Window option is selected the vertical and horizontal axes may not display as they do on the screen See the topic Why doesn t my printed graph look the same as the one see on screen for more information Values Check the Values option if you want the sample values to be printed as a list of numerical values i e in tabular fashion The samples that are printed depend on the settings of the Sample Range described above If the checkbox On new page is checked the values data starts printing on a fresh page Only the samples between the start and end markers are included when you print the values in tabular fashion If you want all the samples to be printed make sure all the samples are selected use the Select All function Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 165 Be careful when using this option Depending on the settings of the text font the columns and the sample range you can generate a large amount of printout Auto wrap Columns If you want Temprecord to print only as many values as will fit across the page then Auto wrap columns should be checked If you want Temprecord to print a fixed number of columns across the page whether they would fit or not the Auto wrap columns should be unchecked You can then change the number of columns in the Columns field Columns The columns option sets the number of columns across the prin
123. bels page when a logger s data is read The labels are associated with the file that is created from the logged data and cannot be changed in that file The comment labels are normally created by the person who is organizing the data collection associated with the temperature loggers They give you the opportunity to create a labeled form that the person who reads the logger can fill in The contents of the comment fields are all set to empty when a Temprecord logger is read You can edit the contents of these fields at any time You can enter any text you wish into the comment fields The comment fields are normally filled in by the person who reads the logger The comment fields and their associated labels are saved when the Temprecord data file is saved You can edit the comment fields later by loading the file and using the Edit Comments function You can change the default comment labels using the Options Comment Labels page Any Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 68 Temprecord Help 4 18 4 19 loggers that are read from that time on and the data files that are created from the logger data will have those comment labels associated with them As an example say that the Temprecord logger was being used to monitor temperature in a nursery for chickens The loggers are deployed each week and at the end of that week they are retrieved along with other data collected such as mortalit
124. by an anaerobic second phase results that are marginally e g within 0 2 generation above specified upper limits for the process can be recalculated taking into consideration the short aerobic to anaerobic lag period during which cells cease to grow while converting their metabolisms to anaerobic respiration This method is described in Reichel et al It is a tedious process to accomplish manually and may not significantly influence your result however it is an option for those operators who want to keep their results faithful with those generated by MIRINZ AP1 software presently incompatible with Temprecord loggers A future release of Temprecord will produce a PHI value for a two phase process and will calculate the lag automatically Uses for PHI In addition to establishing if a process allows a potential for E coli proliferation that is within certain guidelines the PHI technique can be used for Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 103 comparing processes e g chiller runs assessing the effect of process modifications on allowing microbial growth e HACCP Hazards Analysis Critical Control Points applications Inappropriate applications of PHI PHI is not a method to calculate actual bacterial growth on product A PHI value reflects the maximum potential for a process to allow the growth of E coli and similar organisms There may be reasons why actual E coli growth is lower For e
125. ce midnight on January 1 1900 The integer part of this value gives the number of days the fractional part gives the time as a fraction of a day This format is normally the one most suitable for exporting data to spreadsheets such as Microsoft Excel or Lotus 123 Quoted Text Check this option if you want all text in written annotation to be surrounded by quotes Some applications require that text be differentiated from numerical data in this way when they import data Summary Check this option if you want the summary written to the ASCII file as well The summary includes information such as the user data the comment fields and their associated labels the number of samples etc Values Check this option if you want the individual sample values to be exported If this option is checked the sample values corresponding to the specified sample range are written to the file Turn this option off if you want the sample values and nothing else in the exported file Markers Check this option if you want the those data values with associated markers to be indicated as such when they are exported If this option is checked those samples with associated markers will be written to the file with an appended character Turn this option off if the application you are using to analyse the exported data has trouble with the extra characters appended to the sample values General Statistics Check this option if you want the general statist
126. comment fields are stored in the data files that Temprecord saves on disk and can be edited after the data has been read and saved The user data cannot be changed after the logger data has been read Earlier Temprecord loggers provided for six lines of 40 characters each The sixth line has been removed to allow for information to be stored at manufacture 5 6 Sample Period The sample period determines the time between samples You can set the sample period in multiples of 2 seconds Enter the time you wish to elapse between each Temprecord sample This is normally set at manufacture to the following values 2 5 minutes for the inland model 5 minutes for the export model 2 5 minutes for the multi trip model 5 minutes for the scientific model 2 5 minutes for the Mon T logger e You can enter any value between 2 seconds and the upper limit of 24 hours If you enter a sample period greater than these values it will be limited to these values within the logger The screen also calculates the logging duration being the time to fill the logger based on the current sample rate Temprecord has an internal time resolution of 2 seconds This means that whatever value you enter must be a multiple of 2 seconds The time is specified in hours minutes and seconds When you have entered all the data you wish to alter click on OK to update the parameters and exit the form Click on Apply instead if you want to update the data in
127. cord will wait before trying again to send a web tracking entry See also Web Options Proxy Settings Options Web Load and Save Options Proxy Settings Options If your organization uses a proxy server to access the Internet you may need to enter the details here You should consult with your T department before changing these settings No proxy Select this option if your organization does not use a proxy server Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 174 Temprecord Help 7 21 3 Auto detect proxy Select this option if your organization does use a proxy server and you want Temprecord to try to determine the correct settings automatically Manual proxy Select this option if your organization does use a proxy server and you want to enter correct settings manually If you select this option you will need to find out the information required to fill in the parameters described below HTTP Proxy server Specify the name of the proxy server and the port number Proxy server requires password Check this box if your proxy server requires authentication username and password Username and Password Enter the username and password for your proxy server See also Web Options Tracking Options Web Load and Save Options Web Load and Save Options Web List Folder Connect Timeout sec This parameter specifies how long Temprecord will wait for a response from the web server when re
128. culated value of MKT varies with the activation energy entered here but the variation is not great and you should not need to alter this parameter If you require very accurate MKT calculations the value of Delta H should be determined for your monitored commodity The activation energy for a particular commodity can be determined by a procedure known as differential scanning calorimetry DSC analysis Font Use the Font button to change the font Temprecord uses for the text in the statistics view You can only choose from the fixed spacing fonts installed on your computer Proportional fonts are not available for the statistics display Annotation Color Use the Annotation Color button to change the color used when displaying the annotation text i e the text on the left of the window that is the same each time Data Color Use the Data Color button to change the color used when displaying the statistics data text i e the text on the right of the window that changes for each file or logger that is read As an example if you select blue as the annotation color and red as the data color your statistics text would look like this Mean 20 71 Standard Deviation 0 86 Maximum 24 53 Minimum 19 43 Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 154 Temprecord Help Be careful when changing these colors If you select a color that is the same as the background of the window any text displayed
129. d Include date in copy to clipboard Check this option if you wish the date and time to be copied to the clipboard when the Copy to Clipboard function is used The date and time are formatted according to the local Control Panel settings for the display of date and time Exporting to Excel Temprecord can export temperature data directly to Microsoft Excel This is useful where you have additional data manipulation to carry out Include date in copy to Excel Check this option if you wish the date and time to be copied to the clipboard or the Excel when the Copy to Spreadsheet function is used The date and time are formatted according to the local Control Panel settings for the display of date and time Include xxx in copy to Excel Check these other options if you wish the corresponding statistical data copied to the Excel when the Copy to Spreadsheet function is used e f the copied data is a date and time the date and time are formatted according to the local Control Panel settings for the display of date and time If the copied data is a temperature value it is formatted with 2 decimal places If the copied data is a duration it is formatted as a real number with 8 decimal places The value of the real number is the corresponding duration in days which is how Excel represents date and time thus a duration of Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 162 Temprecord Help 6 00 00 hours will show
130. d as a means of annotating the data files after they have been read from the logger or for providing additional data when files are exported to other applications such as spreadsheets A Don t get the comment fields confused with the user data The comment fields are You can also edit the comment fields from the pop up menu that displays when you press the right hand mouse button ku You can change the labels that appear to the left of the comment fields Use the Options Comment Labels function to do this These labels are also stored in the Temprecord data file You cannot change the labels in the file only the data in the fields themselves See the topic Using the comment fields for more information ku Edit File Comments Dialog Displayed are the comment fields for the currently loaded Temprecord data file or the comment fields for the data from the logger if you have just read one You can type up to 10 lines of descriptive information here Only the first 64 characters of each line are recorded Click the OK button to exit the dialog and save your changes The changes will be saved with the data when you use the save file function If you do not want to change the comment fields click the Cancel button Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd File Menu 67 If the comment fields are from a file that was created with an earlier version of Temprecord or the data loaded is from
131. d button to achieve the same result e You don t need to close Temprecord after you copy the samples to the clipboard and before you open Word If you do close Temprecord the samples you copied to the clipboard will still be available on the clipboard to copy into other applications until they are replaced by another copy operation See also Select all samples Copy to Excel Copy to Clipboard Options 6 6 11 Copy to Excel When you are in Graph view you can use the Copy to Excel function to create a new Excel spreadsheet and place the selected sample values samples between the start and end samples into the spreadsheet There are options that allow you to e include or exclude the date column e prompt for the filename of the XLS file or default to using a file with thee same name as the TR file but with an extension of XLS e prompt before overwriting an existing XLS file of the same name e open the XLS file with Microsoft Excel after it is created requires Excel to be installed on the computer The explanation below is for copying a range of samples directly to Excel To copy a range of i times samples to other applications such as Microsoft Word see the Copy to clipboard function To copy a range of samples to Excel follow the steps below e In Graph view select the start sample on the trace of the range you wish to transfer Click on the sample and then press the F7 key e Now select the end sample of the r
132. dsheet 206 unable to print 45 202 Unable to queue mail for sending 186 unable to read logger 202 203 unable to reuse logger 203 unable to save file 203 Unable to save file for emailing 206 unable to save parameters 203 unable to startlogger 204 unable to stop logger 204 unable to update logger 204 205 unable to write to INI file 194 undersampling 91 unexpected end of file 206 Unexpected errors 206 units 106 150 163 unknown command line option 207 Unknown logger response 208 upper limit 79 189 USB Reader 49 userdata 74 User data printing with the graph 163 user markers 81 124 Username 141 Using filename and folder templates 141 Using templates 144 145 146 147 using the button on the logger to mark anevent 88 using the button on the logger to start and stop logging 89 using the comment fields 67 using the zoom presets 131 UTC 140 176 V values 105 values printing 49 values per line 158 values view options 150 verify bad 180 vertical zoom 127 view 93 94 105 106 108 110 112 View info 134 view menu 92 Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 216 Temprecord Help viewing humidity data 44 Viewing Temperature Humidity or Both 111 Virus checkers 44 W wakeup no 189 warning messages 177 ways to open a file 61 We file error loading 185 We file error opening 185 Web file not found 208 Web files file saving options 139 Web files open
133. e Comment fields When enabled the user comment lines are shown on the printed report Export Options Use the Options Export page to set up the way ASCIl files are saved There are also options to determine whether you are prompted for an export filename and whether you are prompted before an existing export file is overwritten These options can be found with the general options i A Temprecord can also export directly to a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet See the topic i Copying data to Clipboard and Excel for more information Field Delimiter This determines the character used to separate items on each line when the file is written You can choose from a space a comma a tab character or a semicolon Choose whichever option suits the application that will be reading the ASCII file If you will be importing the file into a spreadsheet such as Excel or Lotus 123 comma separated values are normally used If you will be importing data into a Microsoft Word table use tabs ASCII Filetype Use this option to set the default filetype used when the temperature data is written to a file Columns Use this option to specify how many columns are written to the ASCII file If this value is set to 1 the file will consist of a single column of values one per line If you do not want any line breaks in your file set this to 99999 Averaging Use this option to specify how many samples are averaged before a value is written to the ASCII fi
134. e e The comment fields for file lt filename gt have been edited but the changes have not yet been saved Save file e The comment fields for logger _ lt serial number gt have been edited but the data has not yet been saved Save logger data to file e The data from this logger has not yet been read Do you wish to read the data and save it before re using the logger The recalibration period on this logger will expire in 12 weeks e This logger s recalibration is due in 2 weeks e The Temprecord help file for the selected lanquage lt filename gt was not found English language help will be used instead Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Error and Warning Messages 179 8 1 This model Temprecord cannot be re used This Temprecord can only be started by snapping off a tab This Temprecord can only be stopped by snapping off a tab Unable access parameters Temprecord is probably faulty Unable to access parameters Temprecord has been started Unable to access parameters Temprecord has finished logging Unable to access parameters Temprecord must be re used first Unable to access Temprecord after re use Unable to access Temprecord after starting Unable to access Temprecord after stopping Unable to access Temprecord Logger Unable to access Temprecord Password is incorrect Unable to create spreadsheet Unable to create folder Unable to delete file lt filename gt Unable to load file in
135. e useful where you have several loggers to set up each with the same or similar parameters Once the logger has been started you cannot alter the user data password sample period or start delay Check that these are correct before you start the logger The start delay is set from the options default value whenever a logger is reused You can still alter the start delay before starting the logger however When a MultiTrip or Scientific Temprecord logger is re used the sample period that was in effect for the previous use is retained If you require a different sample period this should be programmed after the logger has been re used See also Sample rate issues Logging duration Start time and date Start and stop with switcher Start and stop with button Enable safe range Sample period User data Password Re using a logger 5 9 Start Time and Date Instead of using the start delay to determine how long after starting before the logger starts recording samples you can program Temprecord to start at a particular time and date i In the Program Parameters form you must check the box Enable Start on Date Option DD before you can enter a time and date to start logging from The logger will start recording samples from within a few seconds of the time and date specified The time and date you specify must be in the future or an error will result Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Program Menu 77
136. e Exit Temprecord function to close the Temprecord program You do not need to close the data windows that you might have opened within Temprecord first When you exit Temprecord it remembers the window size and position If you have read the data from a logger and not yet saved it or you have edited the comment fields for a data window and not yet saved the data to a file you will be asked if you wish to do this before exiting When you exit Temprecord you will be asked to confirm that you want to do this If D you prefer not to be asked this question you can uncheck the option Prompt before exiting Temprecord in the Options General form Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Program Menu 71 5 Program Menu Use the program menu to set the logger parameters and start stop and re use the logger Programming a Logger s Parameters Logging Temperature Humidity or Both Setting Up Humidity Loggers User Data Sample Period Start Dela Start Time and Date Password Lower and Upper Limits Enable Safe Range Limit Delay oe SE eft E E E OO E Loop Overwrite Start and Stop with Button Start and Stop with Switcher Allow Markers Setting up several loggers Setting up a default set of parameters Starting a Logger Stopping a Logger Re Using a Logger Starting Auto Mode Operation Registering Loggers e e What the LEDs on the logger tell you Using the
137. e Zoom Window to Presets function is used The Upper Temperature field determines the temperature at the top of the graph and the Lower Temperature field determines the temperature at the bottom The preset zoom Y values are not used unless the Enable box is checked If you want to zoom two or more traces to the same X time and date span but do not want to alter the Y axis temperature settings make sure this box is unchecked before you use the Zoom Window to Presets function If you want the graph to be printed to the same settings as the displayed window make sure the Print Visible Window printing option is selected D See the topic Using the Zoom Presets for more information 7 11 View Options The View options allow you to control what is displayed when Temprecord displays or prints the graph view or statistics If an option is enabled the corresponding parameter will be shown on the graph on the printed graph and in the statistics report if relevant TTV Total Temperature Value Shows the TTV information on the displayed and statistics printed graph and in the statistics This option also affects the display of temperature values values view mode If Show TTV limits is enabled and Show TTV statistics is also enabled the TTV limits for the current TTV period determine the color used for the values rather than the lower and upper limits Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd
138. e gives PHI of 4 8 generations hr then must be 4 8 60 0 08 generations minute Hence in the two minutes we have 0 18 generations of growth To convert generations to a straight multiplication factor just multiply by 2 to the power of the number of generations For example 10 generations 2 to the power of 10 1024 So the number of micro organisms has increased by a factor of 1024 You can see that this is about the same as 3 Logs 10 to the power of 3 1000 The Future MIRINZ and Temprecord International Ltd are continuing to develop and improve software and hardware for extending the scope of the PHI In addition to pursuing this application of predictive microbiology for food safety they are also working on a similar application for predicting the growth of spoilage organisms This will allow processors to monitor and optimize storage processes to minimize the growth of spoilage organisms and thus maximize the storage life of chilled product References Further reading e Gill CO Intrinsic bacteria in meat Journal of Applied Bacteriology 47 367 78 1979 e Gill CO Harrison JCL Phillips DM Use of a temperature function integration technique to assess the hygienic adequacy of a beef carcass cooling process Food Microbiology 8 83 94 1991 e Jones RJ The establishment of provisional quality assurance guidelines for assessing the hygienic adequacy of the lamb carcass cooling process New Zealand Veterinary Journal 41 1
139. e humidity must enter the safe range i e it must be less than the upper limit and greater than the lower limit before it will be checked against the limits If humidity only is being logged then the above comments apply to humidity instead of temperature If both temperature and humidity are being logged then both the temperature and humidity must be within their respective safe ranges Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Program Menu 79 5 13 If the enable safe range option is checked comparison of the temperature and or humidity values starts as soon as the number of samples taken inside the safe range exceeds the value specified in the limit delay parameter For example if the limit delay is set to 5 the checking of temperatures and or humidity against limits will not start until more than five successive samples have been recorded as inside the safe range To have comparison against the limits begin as soon as a sample is inside the safe range set the limit delay to 0 Enabling the safe range entry option does NOT mean that the logger does not start taking samples until the conditions for safe range entry are met Enabling safe range entry means that the samples taken are not COMPARED against the limits until the conditions for safe range entry are met The logger still takes samples from the time the start delay expires or from the start time and date if this is enabled See also
140. e logger s battery may be exhausted See Also Error and Warning Messages 8 88 Unable to read Temprecord start delay has not expired You have attempted to read data from a Temprecord logger before the start delay has counted down to zero The logger will not begin to take samples until the start delay has expired See Also Error and Warning Messages 8 89 Unable to reuse Temprecord Unit is probably faulty You have attempted to reuse a logger that reports as faulty The logger s battery may be exhausted See Also Error and Warning Messages 8 90 Unable to save file lt filename gt Temprecord was unable to save the data to the named file Check the filename is valid Check that the file is not already held open by another network user This error can also occur if you are trying to save a file that was created with an earlier version of the Temprecord software You can load these files and view and print the data in them but you cannot save them again See Also Error and Warning Messages 8 91 Unable to save Temprecord parameters An error occurred when Temprecord tried to save the parameter data to the logger You may have removed the logger from the reader too quickly Do not remove the logger until the message window that opens has closed again See Also Error and Warning Messages Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 204 Temprecord Help 8 92 8 93 8 94 8 95
141. e requirements of the application you are exporting the data to Ifyou specify no filetype after the filename but you do specify the period Temprecord saves or exports the file without a filetype You can also determine whether Temprecord prompts you before overwriting existing files of the same name see General Options See also Saving a file Exporting data Export options 4 6 Saving Web Files You can save Temprecord data files and PDF report files on the Web In order to use this service you must have arranged the facility with Temprecord Contact Temprecord for further details To save a Temprecord data file to the web click on the speed button To save a Temprecord PDF report file to the web click on the speed button When Temprecord saves a file to the web the filename is generated automatically and any folders that are required are also created for you according to the following rules e If the data in a window has been read from a local disk file Temprecord assigns the web file the same name The folder name is created according to the setting defined in the web save folders option Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd File Menu 61 4 7 e If the data in a window has been read from a logger Temprecord creates the filename according to the settings defined in web save filenames options The folder name is created according to the setting defined in the web save folders option Wh
142. e trace near the centre of the window The zoom factor and horizontal position are not altered If you are viewing data from a Humidity logger you can select whether Temperature Humidity or both are displayed by right clicking on the graph can t alter some of the parameters When using the Program Parameters function to set up a logger you may notice some of the parameters are displayed in gray and you cannot alter them MkII The parameters Lower and Upper Temperature Limits Start at Date Option Limits Delay Option and the group of enables Loop Overwrite Start and Stop with Button Start and Stop with Switcher and Allow Markers are only possible with the newer Mk II and Mk III Temprecord Loggers If you are programming an older Temprecord logger these parameters Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Common Problems 45 3 6 3 7 3 8 will appear grayed If you are programming a humidity logger and it is configured to log Humidity only the temperature options will appear grayed MKT The parameters Start Date and Start Time can only be programmed if the Start on Date option is enabled MKT The function Limit Delay can only be altered if the Enable Safe Range parameter is checked MKT The upper and lower humidity limits can only be altered if the logger being programmed is a humidity logger and it is set up to log humidity only or both temperature and humidity get an
143. e you open a file Temprecord opens another window to display the file in The number of files you can have displayed is limited only by the amount of memory your computer has but in practice is many more than you would normally want You can alter the way each of these windows is displayed with the View menu You can alter the view mode of the window to any one of summary values statistics or graph by using the View menu or from the pop up menu that displays when you press the right mouse button You can open the same file more than once and have it displayed in two or more windows simultaneously This allows you to view and compare different parts of the graph for example or have the data displayed in graph view in one window and in values view in another See the topic How do see my data as a graph and as a set of values at the same time Unless you explicitly specify it the file type of Temprecord data files is always assumed to be TR You can change this if you wish but it is not recommended as other Temprecord functions assume the use of this filetype Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 62 Temprecord Help 4 8 4 9 ad S YD You can also open a file by clicking on this soeed button on the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window or from the pop up menu that displays when you press the right hand mouse button The File Open File function o
144. e zoom is always carried out centered on the mouse cursor See also Zooming with the mouse Zooming with the mousewheel 6 6 13 3 Zooming with the mouse Using the mouse it is possible to zoom in about an arbitrary area of the graph Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 126 Temprecord Help File Program View Options Help Ecaddeag sample cursor mouse cursor To zoom with the mouse e Click at the top left corner position of the rectangular area on the graph you wish to zoom about The cursor will change from a cross hair to e Holding the mouse button down drag the mouse cursor to the bottom right corner position of the desired zoom area The active zoom area will be shown on the graph as a dotted rectangle e Release the mouse button The graph view will change to show only that portion of the graph that you marked out with the mouse i You can quickly return the graph view to show all of the trace by pressing the F4 Zoom All key or by clicking the Zoom All Ed speed button 6 6 13 4 Zooming with the mousewheel If your mouse has a wheel you can use this to quickly zoom about an arbitrary position on the graph Normally the mousewheel is used to scroll the graph vertically To use it to zoom the graph view hold the Ctrl key down When you press the Ctrl key the mouse cursor will change to Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 1
145. ec ccccessetccesestacecesesewectesesd a aa a aa Eaa 63 Delete File Dial g nni a aa aa E AAAA EAE ENE TANE AEA TE SA 63 Renaming a Flle Seen eee Re eo oo ea E E AE A T EERE 64 Emailing Files noresi oea AAE A A IEAA AA 64 CIOS Ae EEE re cece ce cat E A datas cautadhin age euaeeactaeds 65 Editing the Comment Fiels scccsssccsseeeeeeseeesseeeeseeeeeeeeeeseaeeeneneeeseeesasaaeenseaeeeseseseaesaseeeenseees 66 Edit File Comments Dialog cccsscccsseeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeseneeeeeeeeeeseaeeenseeeeseeesasaaesasneeeeeeesaseaesaseeneneoees 66 Using the Comment Fields 25s 05 c 20 aenn aera aaa raoa reao iea eraa Ooae a arannana ioatea 67 Exporting Data erir cated ee eae Rene ce ee A ceeds 68 PUNE Dal 0 sao oa oo EEE E AEE cosets scunpersasoubacessuustesesanceetedstucuserssuucecess 68 Printing Data osiinsa aa eaaa a anaa ENAA anA a E a ia 69 Saving to a PDF Fle ae eraa aaa entevhecesbuaseryettesacteUtudeetseteenusce tees 69 Opening recent THOS ices secs cece encece cece ee ececeec nt ee cee tet n Re pappa cone ee teetennty cence ete deeenen eddeeetbteeressteeestenetenets 69 Exiting TemMpreCore nesans aana Saeed ce ceed det dvad deve seadded vee dd candied 70 Program Menu 71 10 Temprecord International Ltd 6 Temprecord Help 1 Programming a Logget s ParameterS ccssssecccsseeeeeeeeseeeeeenseceeeeenseeeeeeenseeeeeenseneeeeenseeeeeenseeeenes 71 2 Program Parameters Dialog cecssecceceseeeseeeesneeeeeeeeee
146. ecord Click on the button below to email the report e Restart Temprecord _ Send diagnostics report NE Save diagnostics report 4 Show me what s in the report R Exit Temprecord Click on the button Send diagnostics report to send the report to Temprecord The report contains information including e The current settings of Temprecord which are saved in a file called TRW INI e A log of the events occurring as Temprecord was started up e An image of the screen contents when the report was requested e Information about the computer system running the Temprecord program No Temprecord data files or PDF report files are sent Click on the button Send diagnostics report to send the report to Temprecord Click on the button Show me what s in the report to if you want to inspect the report before it is sent After you have optionally sent the diagnostics report you can choose what action you want Temprecord to take to recover from the unexpected error Click on the Continue running Temprecord button to resume operation of Temprecord Note that the occurrence of the error may have introduced instability or cause further errors to occur Click on the Restart Temprecord button to abandon your current session and start operation of Temprecord Any unsaved data or settings will be lost This might be necessary if the error is a serious one and you cannot continue running Temprecord without further errors occurring Click on the
147. ecord data windows to the time and temperature span specified in the Graph View Options settings This function behaves the same as the Zoom Window to Presets function except that all open Temprecord data windows are zoomed It provides a quick way of setting the horizontal and vertical axes to the same values 3 See the topic Using the Zoom Presets for more information Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 131 6 6 13 12 Zoom All Windows To This One Use this function to quickly change the X and or Y limits of all the graphs that are open to the current window This function is the equivalent of the following sequence e Use the Assign Presets From Window function in the window you wish to zoom all others to e Then use the Zoom all windows to Presets function This function is also available via the F10 key 6 6 13 13 Assign Presets from Window Use the View Zoom Assign Presets from Window function to set the horizontal and vertical graph axes preset values from the current Temprecord data window This function is useful when you wish to align a second displayed or printed graph to the axes settings of an existing graph You can also directly set the presets from the Graph View Options page i See the topic Using the Zoom Presets for more information 6 6 13 14 Using the Zoom Presets The Zoom Presets are a powerful tool for aligning and comparing your Temprecord data It provid
148. ed Initial bacterial numbers can be minimized by good manufacturing practice and assessed by classical microbiological techniques The ability for the bacteria to grow during processing can be assessed by re assaying meat at the process end This is however a slow process and does not give an indication as to how each processing step contributes to the overall microbial bio load An alternative method uses predictive microbiology in the form of the Process Hygiene Index PHI The Process Hygiene Index PHI is a means of assessing the potential growth of a microbial indicator organism during a process The PHI is a numerical value that is equivalent to the growth of a microbial indicator organism E coli over a process temperature history collected by an electronic data logger The higher the index value the greater the potential for E coli growth For example an index of 0 zero indicates no growth potential 10 indicates a potential for 10 generations of growth i e an E coli cell has the potential to reproduce 10 times Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 101 The probe A special probe is manufactured for use in PHI applications The logger probe is tapered and composed of Teflon This allows easy insertion and retrieval from product especially after freezing when other materials may stick Teflon also is a poor conductor of heat so the probe tip which contains the sensor will allow
149. ee also Default TR Filename Folder for TR Files Default PDF Filename Using the File and Folder Templates When are default filename and folders used Summary View Options Use the Summary tab of the options form to change the way the summary view is displayed Show Manufacture Date Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 149 If this option is checked Temprecord will display the approximate date of manufacture of the logger in the summary view and include it in any printed PDF reports that include the summary Show battery status If this option is checked Temprecord will display the approximate amount of battery capacity remaining as a percentage of the new battery capacity in the summary view and include it in any printed PDF reports that include the summary i When the remaining battery capacity falls below 25 this icon will show to the right of the displayed percentage F When the remaining battery capacity falls below 5 this icon will show to the right of the displayed percentage f When the remaining battery capacity falls below a level where the logger cannot be expected to operate reliably this icon will show to the right of the displayed percentage Warn when battery exhausted If this option is checked Temprecord will display the warning dialog when any attempt is made to reuse program or start a logger whose battery capacity remaining is less than 5
150. eeeeeneeseeeesneeseeeseeeeseeesneeseseseneeseeesnenseeeeenes 72 3 Logging Temperature Humidity or Both cccccseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeseeeeeeeseeeeneeseeeeeneeseeeenenseeeeenes 73 4 Setting Up Humidity LOQGers ccccccscccsseeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeesesaeseseeeeneeeeeseaesaseeeenseeeeseesnseeneneoees 73 5 User Dala serea an sie Siesta ree E O he Geena oe Sea ee ce 74 6 Sample Period xisccccce aea ce Gec528s ceed cceheccsscuetecacecectues ssedencanesscie sieved ecacctegdacceaduedeccedeecazsndeuetectee 74 T LOGGING DULAtON sce csescccccceec se cctece ce cctecee naaa Aaaa ENEA AEN ESAS 75 8 Start Delay 2 cisczscced seccevccscs caceeeccacecesuerececssesetouweccescnacccatevezacetacbeeaee ac spuccescus seuss snteaaeurcauseessivestcceescanes 75 9 Start Time and Daie ea r a eae we ar aTa a Ara aa aaa rae AA aaa ae a aei Aaaa aaaea seia 76 10 Password icccc see Re Sate Bae EE EE ERER 77 1 Password Required ooreis ainnean aSa ee Ae i AA EEE Aa ATEA ONENEN 78 PA EERE Range E E A A A E 78 13 Lower and Upper Limits 0 c ccccccesceeceesseeeeeeenseeeeeensneeeseensneeseeensneeeeensaneeeeensueesesesseeeeeensneneeeenss 79 T4 Cint DEV cioa a ee ee a ee cleans 80 15 eLo MOAT a e E EE E A eee 80 16 Start and Stop with ButtOn cece csecesseeeeeneee eens seseeeeeeeeeeneaesesneeeenseeeseaaeseseeeeneeeeeseaeseseeneneeeaeneas 81 17 Start and Stop with Switcher ccscccsseeeeeeeee senses eneeeeeeeeeseesesneeeeneeeessaaesaseeeenseee
151. eeeenees 191 Temprecord failed to re USC cccceseeeceesseeeeeeeeseeeeeensseeeeeensneeeeeensueeseensaueeeeenseeesesenseeeeeenseeeeeeenss 191 Temprecord failed to Start ccecccccesseeceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneneeeeeenseeeseeeeseeseensseaeeeeeseaeeeeeaseeneeenseeeeeeenss 192 Temprecord failed tO StOP ceeccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeeeseeeseeeeseaeeeeesseaeeeenseeeeeeeaseeneeenseceeeeenss 192 Temprecord has already been re USed cccceseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeenseeeseeesneeeeeenseeeeeeenseeeeeenseneeeeenss 192 Temprecord has not yet been Started ccccccseececeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeenseeeeeesneaeeeeeseaeeeeenseeeeeesseneeeeenss 192 Temprecord is already rUNnminn csecccceeeeeceeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeenneeeeeeenseeeeeeesseeeeeenseaeeeeeaseenseenseneeeeenss 192 Temprecord is already Started ccsecccccsseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseeeseeeeseeeeeensneeeeeeeseeeeeeenseeneeenseceeeeenss 193 Temprecord is already StOPPed c sccccecseeceeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeenseaeseeeesaeseeesaeaeeeenseaeeeeenseeneeenseceeeeenss 193 Temprecord must be re used before Starting cccceecccceseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeenseeeeeeenss 193 Temprecord must be stopped before re USC ccsceeeeeeeee eee eeeeenneneeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeaneeeeeeeeeennees 193 Temprecord was unable to create your TRW INI file ccccesseeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeenseeeeeeenes 194 Temprecord was unable to find your TRW INI file ccssseccccs
152. eeneeeneeeenenes 200 Unable to delete file lt filenames ccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennennaeeeceeeeeeensenecaeeeeeeseenseneeneeneees 200 Unable to access Temprecord Password iS inCOrrect cccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 201 Unable to load file insufficient MEMOTY ceseeeceeeeeeee ee neeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeseeeeeseseeeeeeseseeeenenseeeeenes 201 Unable to open COMI r a aa ae aa a aaa araara aa anara Eran iraia aasa seats aaa reada ae csetaecbaceetiae 201 Unable to open fOrM ssssuunneunnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnn nuunuu nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nnnnnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn ennn nnen na 201 Unable to open PDF help file cccseeeceseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeseseseneeseseeneeseeseeneesesesneeeseseeeeeeeseeenenes 202 Unable 10 Prinia ceed rane enaa cui eA A Ea KAANE E TAANA 202 Unable to read Temprecord has not yet been Started ccceseeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 202 Unable to read Temprecord is probably faulty eccsesseeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeneneeeeeees 203 Unable to read Temprecord start delay has not EXpired sseccesseseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 203 Unable to reuse Temprecord Unit is probably faulty ccseseeeceseseeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeneneeeeenes 203 Unable to save file lt fileMamme gt csc seeecee cece eeeeneeeeeeee ce eeeeeennennaeeeeeeeeeeeaseneeceeeeeeeseeeseneeneeneees 203 Unable to save Temprecord parame ters
153. eeseeseeeensaseeeeeeseseeneeeeeeeeeanes 188 Invalid Upper temperature litMit cece ceeeeeeeeeeeee eee neeeeesnseeeneeeeseeeeeseaseseeeseseseeeeseseeeeeseeneeeeees 189 No Wakeup from lOG Gel ecnecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeseseneeeseesesneeseseseneeseseeneeseeseeneesaseseeeeseseeneeseseeenenes 189 No response from lOQQel ccccsceccieccctiet cc cect cetecncceceeesieet cebeccededeeecneeebecendactsesunccseussueucetteeccesseveeueetse 189 Logger Firmware Revision 2 14 ccssecccesseeeeeeeeeeeseeseeneeeeseeeneeeeseeneeseesesneeseseseeeeseseeneeseseeeeaees 189 Password and confirm are different ceeccceseeeeeeseeeeeeeseeseeeeeseeeeeseeseenenseseseeeeseseeneeeesneenenes 190 10 Temprecord International Ltd 10 Temprecord Help 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 Password Is tmValiQeiccic E E E TEE E E A E TE 190 Password iS not Ver ified 0cccccccceseesseeeee eee eeeeenneneeeeeeeeseeeenseeneneaeeeseseeeesaseseaeeeeeeeeseensesenseenene 190 Password Specification Errors cccssccsseeeeeeseeesseeseneeeeeeeesesneeeeneeeeeesaeseseeeenseeeeseeseseaeeneeeeeneas 190 Start time and date has already PaSSed ecccsccssseeeseeeeeseeeesneeenseeeeseaeseseeeeneeeeeseaeseneeneeeeeeess 191 Temprecord cannot be stopped until start delay EXPireS ss seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
154. elect the view mode you want from there You can perform the following operations from the pop up menu in the current Temprecord data window e e Select one of the four view modes summary values statistics or graph Select between viewing Temperature data Humidity data or both Access the Go To functions Access the Zoom functions Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Contents 15 Set the current sample as the start sample Set the current sample as the end sample Read data from a logger Print from the current Temprecord data window Save the data in the current window to a file Edit the comment fields for the current window Access the display options This menu entry will access the options page for any one of the four view modes i e summary values statistics or graph depending on the current view mode e Close the current data window e 6 Some of these functions may not be available and the pop up menu entries are displayed in gray in that case For example the Zoom entry will be grayed unless the view mode of the current window is graph view You can also perform the following operations from the pop up menu that displays when the right mouse button is clicked when there are no Temprecord data windows open or the mouse is not positioned over a data window e Query a logger i e check for the presence of a logger and display the summary da
155. eleting a File Emailing a File Closing a File Editing the Comment Fields Exporting Data Printing Data Opening recent files Exiting Temprecord e774 Oe E 4 1 Checking for a Logger Use the File Query Logger function to check for a logger in the Reader Interface and read the summary data from the logger This only reads enough information to display a summary of the logger status Use the File Read Logger function to read the logged temperature values and display them i A You can also check for a logger by pressing the spacebar or from the pop up menu i that displays when you press the right hand mouse button 4 2 Reading a Logger Use the File Read Logger function to check for a logger in the Reader Interface read the summary data then read the logged temperatures Once the logged temperatures have been read the window view mode will change to Graph View mode and the logged temperature values are shown plotted as temperature against time Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd File Menu 59 YD You can also read the data from a logger by clicking on this speed button e on the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window or from the pop up menu that displays when you press the right hand mouse button i q When a Mon T logger is read the display units are set to the Mon T programmed i logger units l e if you program a logger in Fahrenheit units and read the logg
156. elow cool zone for a time Time warming 33 19 00 16 00 15 00 14 00 13 00 12 00 Time in cool zone 3 46 00 Time in cool zone 46 07 00 Time below cool zone 9 14 00 15 01 2008 16 01 2008 17 01 2008 pnp 1200 a m 12 00 p m 12 00 a m 12 00 p m 12 00 a m 12 00 p m 12 00 a Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 100 Temprecord Help 6 3 4 To avoid small temperature variations near the limits causing confusing results the average of the last three temperature samples is used when determining if the temperature has progressed from one zone to the next For this reason there can be a delay of several samples before the temperature progresses to another zone You should bear this in mind when comparing the temperature limits with the reported times Process Hygiene Index Introduction The following text is based on a document supplied by The Meat Research Institute of New Zealand It describes how to apply the PHI values calculated by Temprecord Microbes and meat Meat at slaughter is sterile Gill 1979 Microbes that can cause food poisoning and or spoilage begin their activities after contaminating the exposed surfaces of meat A typical organism often found associated with meat is Escherichia coli This organism is an important pathogen It also has growth characteristics that are similar to other mesophilic pathogens viz organisms that grow well in warm environme
157. email attaching further files manually adding or removing recipients etc If the above option is not checked i e don t preview the message some later versions of email client software will detect that another program i e Temprecord is trying to use it to send email This behaviour is how some email viruses propagate themselves and the email client is preventing it You might find that you need to click on OK or Yes in a dialog before the email will send Formatting Temprecord looks for certain character combinations called meta strings in your email subject line and message text and replaces them if they are found as shown in the following table Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 170 Temprecord Help 7 17 1 String Replaced By TO list of recipients From sender s name and email address Name sender s name Email sender s email address Files names of attached files separated by commas User logged in Windows user computer workgroup name Workgroup Computer computer name See also SMTP Email Options Options Menu SMTP Email Options Example fred mycompany com jane mycompany com Joe Bloggs lt joe mycompany com gt Joe Bloggs joe mycompany com Report1 pdf Report2 pdf joe Admin Joes Dell 8400 In order to send emails by SMTP Temprecord needs to know some information about your email provider This information will normally be
158. emprecord Help Function Command Example Function Command Example Function Examples Starts Auto Mode when TRW starts This option would normally be used on it s own or only with the KIOSK option below KIOSK trw kiosk Starts TRW in Kiosk mode with a reduced set of functions and capabilities EXIT trw open fred export exit Exits TRW when all command have been successfully carried out If any command resulted in a error a message will be displayed and TRW will exit after this message has been cleared Some examples of common functions follow Example Function Example Function Example Function Example Function trw stop Stops the logger and leaves TRW running trw stop save reuse exit Stops the logger saves the data to a filename based on the logger serial number overwriting any file of the same name reuses the logger and then exits TRW trw open sample1 export exit Reads the file SAMPLE1 TR from disk exports it as SAMPLE1 PRN or whatever the current export filetype is set to and then exits TRW trw stop read save sample2 export sample2 exit Stops the logger reads it saves the data to SAMPLE2 TR exports it to SAMPLE2 PRN or whatever the current export filetype is set to and then exits TRW Note that in this example if no filetype is specified after the EXPORT option the export filename will be based on the logger serial number even though a
159. en a datafile is saved to the web the web filename is added to the list of recently accessed files that show in the File menu These entries are shown in the menu with a Web prefix See also Opening Web files File saving options Web files Opening a File Use the File Open File function to load a Temprecord data file from disk and display it in graph form You can use this function to inspect Temprecord data files previously saved on disk Temprecord data files have the filetype or extension of TR In Explorer and they will show in the Open Dialog with this icon D By default the Temprecord data file open dialog only shows TR files even though other file types may be present in the folder You open a file by selecting it and clicking the Open button You can also open a Temprecord data file by double clicking it in the File Open dialog You can open several files at once by selecting them each hold the Ctrl key down and click on each one you want to open and then clicking the Open button There are other ways to open Temprecord data files From explorer drag the data file onto the Temprecord icon on your desktop You can open multiple files this way by selecting them in explorer and dragging the group onto the icon Drag a file or group of files onto the Temprecord window Double click a file in explorer If Temprecord is not running it will start and load the file If it is already running the file will be loaded Each tim
160. en caused directly or indirectly by this document Produced November 2010 4 Temprecord Help Contents Foreword 0 Part Contents 12 1 License Information i 25 ccccc2cssciccecscccccense siteenseecteeesec ccdewenseutaeesseestecececudenes sectuesssenucderssectbecvascuueets 12 2 HOM IMON E A E cece cece E E EA E E E E E A E E E S 12 3 Getting Started with Temprecord s sssssusnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnn nn nnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn 13 AY How ro Use Helenon E a A 14 S POP Up MENUS aaea aana AAR A ENEAN EA EANA ATAA 14 6 Toolbars and Speed ButtOns ccccccccesccesseeeeeseeeeeeeseseeeeeneeeeseaeseseeeeneeeeeseaeseseeenseesesseseseeneesenes 15 7 Command Line ParameterS cccccccesccesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseaaesesneeeneeeeeseaeseseaeeneeeeeseaesaseeneneenes 20 8 Where do I plug My reader in cecccesecesseeceneeeeeeeeesneeeeneeeeseaaesanneeeneeeeeseaesaseeeseseeseseaesnsenensiees 25 9 Temprecord Humidity LOQGEMS ccceseeeceeeeseeeeeeeeneeseeeeneeseeeeeneeseseeneeeseeesneeseseseeesesesnenseenennes 25 1 HOW DO Ei soes AE AAAA EAE A EEEE EAE E 27 11 View Help As PDP oiccsccsscccccscctececes scvecte ce tact icces ete te cadena aaan aa anA aaa aAA ESAE 27 12 ADOUt TeMpreCord semi eranen ene eteeteete ess cetere es Doce tence tee tent cece ee beceeg enute ceeeeceecetieesscteuetunteceur enue 27 Part Il Installation of Temprecord 27 1 Installing Temprecord on Networks
161. er with Temprecord set to display temperatures in Celsius the display units will change to Fahrenheit after you read the logger s temperature data 4 3 Accessing Temprecord Temprecord is accessing your logger If you decide you do not wish to continue click the Cancel button and the operation will aborted 4 4 Saving a File Use the File Save File function to save the contents of the currently selected window to a disk file The data can be that loaded previously from another file or from a logger If the data in the currently selected window is from a logger Temprecord will suggest a filename based on the serial number of the logger You can type in a new name here if you wish If the data in the currently selected window is from a file Temprecord will suggest the same filename be used to save the data You can type in a new name here if you wish If you leave the name or use the name of an existing file you will be prompted whether you wish to overwrite that file Unless you explicitly specify it the file type of Temprecord data files is always set to TR You can change this if you wish but it is not recommended as other Temprecord functions assume the use of this filetype The File Save File function creates files in Temprecord format You cannot view these files with a word processor or Notepad Wordpad To save the temperature data in text form or in a form suitable for importing into a spreadsheet use the File
162. ere may well be samples that have since been overwritten that would have been below the minimum or above the maximum You can move quickly to the minimum sample by pressing the F4 key and to the maximum sample by pressing the F5 key The maximum sample is marked on the graph with the m flag symbol The minimum sample is marked on the graph with the amp flag symbol 6 6 2 Setting the date and time format on graph view When displaying the date on the horizontal axis of graph view Temprecord uses the short date settings from the computer s regional settings display in the desired format This is because Windows 7 does not correctly update this format A If your computer is running Windows 7 you may experience some problems getting the date to in the regional settings under some circumstances If you find that the date format displayed in graph view does not match your regional settings the following procedure should remedy the situation Open your computer s Regional Settings by clicking on Start Settings Control Panel Regional and Language Options On the first tab make sure that the drop down shows your country language e g English United States Click on the Customize button Select the Date tab Enter your desired date format for the graph view into the Short Date Format field Click on OK Click on Apply This step is required for Windows 7 users only Select a different country language to your locale e g German
163. error when I try to update the parameters This can occur when accessing the logger with Bluetooth serial ports Set the option Bluetooth Compatibility can t print with Temprecord You should check the following Can you successfully print with any other application Try printing a document with your word processor If this is also unsuccessful the problem lies with the printer or your computer Check that the selected printer is available to your computer Do you get a blank sheet when you print Check the printing options and make sure that at least one of summary values statistics or view is selected Check that you have the latest printer driver for your printer and version of Windows A Some earlier versions of the Windows 3 11 printer drivers for the HP LaserJet 5P series of printers may give this error If you are unable to get an updated printer driver for the LaserJet 5 that fixes the problem try installing a printer driver for an earlier compatible printer such as the HP LaserJet III A Some HP DeskJet printers will require installation of other HP drivers For example the HP 820 and 870 require use of the HP DeskJet 310 driver This driver is available from the HP web site http www hp com or from your Temprecord dealer Install the driver as if you were adding another printer then select that printer when printing from Temprecord See Also et a SPOOL32 Error when print get a SPOOL32 Error when pri
164. ers manually A IMPORTANT Don t plug in your reader interface before installing the Temprecord software A IMPORTANT NOTE If you are running Windows 2000 or Windows XP prior to Service pack 2 XP SP2 you must ensure that your computer is not connected to the Internet when you install the USB drivers Otherwise Windows will load an incorrect driver file from the Internet If you are running Windows XP SP2 or above the installer will ask if it can check the Internet for the driver You must answer No to this question First plug the reader in to an available USB port To check if the drivers are installed check the Device Manager in Windows XP click Start Control Panel and Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 34 Temprecord Help double click System Click on the Hardware tab from the System Properties page System Properties Click the Device Manager button Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Installation of Temprecord 35 Device Manager File Action view Help e memg 8 Network adapters F Ports COM amp LPT Communications Port COM1 F ECP Printer Port LPT1 C USB Serial Port COM10 te Processors Sound video and game controllers System devices Universal Serial Bus controllers Intel R 82801FB FBM USB Universal Host Controller 2658 Intel R 82801FB FBM USB Universal Host Controller 2659 Intel
165. erved on re installation of versions 5 26 onwards If you require a custom configuration for your users you can create this by installing TRW on your local machine setting up the desired options then copying the TRW INI file to your installation image such that the file is available in the same folder as TRW SETUP EXE when this file is run If the installer finds this custom copy of TRW INI in the same folder TRW SETUP EXE is running in and there is no local TRW INI file there already the custom one is copied D Previous versions of TRW kept the TRW INI file in the folder C Program Files TRW If you have a previous version of TRW installed and wish to keep those settings there are statements in the batch file which copy the file TRW INI from an existing installation of TRW to the application data folder of the new installation This means the new installation will inherit most of the settings the user had with the previous installation of TRW These statements are commented out by default You need to modify and enable these statements if you require this A backup of any existing TRW INI file is made first You need to deploy your edited batch file and the file trw setup exe The other files readme txt and Install txt are already present in the setup EXE file To carry out the batch installation e Copy the deployment files edited batch file and setup executable to a temporary folder on the target installation machine e Change to that
166. es Folder for PDF Files Using the File and Folder Templates When are default filename and folders used Folder for PDF Files Folder for PDF Files Enter the folder name or path where you want to save your data files Whatever filename entered in the Default Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 148 Temprecord Help 7 6 TR Filename field is appended to this folder name The folder name specified can be used directly if it is enclosed in double quotes or it can be treated as a format template using the same rules as for the default TR filename See the topic Using the File and Folder Templates for more information If you wish to save the files in a date organized tree of folders the path should be specified here You can also use the specifiers for the logger serial number and the sequence number in this field i When specifying the folder name used to save files if you don t specify a path that starts with an absolute pathname one that includes a disk specifier such as C or Server Temprecord assumes a path starting from your Temprecord data files folder normally C Documents and Settings Joe Bloggs My Documents My Temprecord Files The panel below the Folder to save files to field shows you what folder would be used for the given folder name format specifier panel underneath each field In this case Temprecord shortens the displayed path name so that the start and end ch
167. es a means of setting the horizontal time and date and vertical temperature axes of the displayed or printed graph to match the axes in another window or to set the axes to arbitrary values Example 1 Displaying a fixed region of data Assume you have data loaded from several loggers displayed in several Temprecord data windows The loggers all have data that covers the time and temperature range you are interested in but the loggers have differing sample periods and start times and the temperature range recorded by each is different By default when a logger s data is read Temprecord will scale the graph of data from each logger to fully occupy the window so the scaling of the graph view will depend on the temperature range of the data and the number of samples taken The following procedure will align any or all displayed windows to a set temperature and time range e Select one of the Temprecord data windows and determine from the graph which date and time and temperature range you wish to display Open the Graph View Options page e Enter the date and time you wish to appear at the left hand side of the graph into the Preset Zoom Axis From date and time fields e Enter the date and time you wish to appear at the right hand side of the graph into the Preset Zoom Axis Until date and time fields e Enter the temperature you wish to appear at the top of the graph into the Preset Zoom Axis Upper Temperature field e En
168. es you have made to the options may not be remembered Check that your disk is not full Check that you have sufficient access rights to your computer s Windows directory You may not have full access if you are running on a network See Also Error andSee Also Error and Warning Messages Warning Messages The Auto Mode option to reuse the logger is set You have attempted to start Auto Mode but Temprecord has found that you have the option to reuse the logger set but you have no Auto Mode option set to read the logger and save the data If you continue any data contained in the logger will be lost when the logger is reused You should make sure the data has been saved to disk at an earlier time before using auto mode with neither of the options to read the logger and save the data enabled Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Error and Warning Messages 195 8 60 8 61 8 62 If you do not want to be prompted for this question and you understand the issues involved make sure the checkbox labeled Don t ask me this again is checked auto mode the prompt will be displayed the next time you start it It is not possible to The state of this checkbox is only remembered for the current auto mode session If you exit permanently disable this warning See Also Error and Warning Messages The comment fields for file lt filename gt have been edited but the changes have not yet been s
169. escribes features of Temprecord products which are not implemented at the release date of this version of the software When specifying the key to be used to encrypt your data files you have not entered the identical key in the Confirm field e Either enter the same string in both fields or bake sure that the Encryption checkbox is not checked WARNING Do not forget your encryption key If you lose the key there is no way your data can be recovered Temprecord are unable to recover keys or the data they have been used to encrypt See Also Encryption file saving options Error and Warning Messages 8 17 Error carrying out command line functions An error resulted from carrying out command line functions specified wnen Temprecord was started Temprecord has the ability to automatically carry out a sequence of operations when started This is similar to Auto Mode operation except that the operations occur once at startup of Temprecord and Temprecord then either started normally or exits again if the EXIT command line option is also specified See Also Command line parameters Auto Mode Error and Warning Messages 8 18 Error opening lt filename gt Temprecord could not open the named file e Check the spelling of the filename If your computer is part of a network check that the file is not held open by another user e The file could be damaged Run the SCANDISK utility on your computer Copyright 1992 201
170. eseesaneeeeneeeeeneas 81 18 Allow Markers cose cccsdsecccecs ccs cscececcet ceeds sce aai aaia aa aaa eiia 81 19 Mon T Temperature Logging Range Parameters ccccsssecccsseeeeeeeseeeeeeenseeeeeeenseeeeeenseeeeeeens 82 20 Setting up several lOGGEIS cseeceeeseesseeeeeeeeeeeneeeseaeeeneeeeeeaeseaseeeenseaesscaesaaeaeenseeeeseaeseseaeeeseeenas 83 21 Setting up a default set Of parameter ceccceseessseeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeenseeeeseaeseseeeenseeeeseeeseneeeeeeeeeeas 84 22 SLAMUING AL OGG CM Er A E A E vested ecueetyscedunctes E A eanteny sate cvacesseunteesa 85 23 Stopping a LOG GCM iazasececesceccc sere sctessecceeceseedvete cutee ceccneteuseae ceccceceses seateepecdeandev esacedencdccercdertaceeesctetves 86 24 ROUSING a Loggers Eaa A aAa aAa N S AA 87 25 What the LEDs on the logger tell YOU eccseseeeeeeseeeeeseseeeeeeeeseenenseeseseeeseseeeeeeseseseenenseeeeenes 87 26 Using the button on the logger to mark AN ev nt sssssnsessuunnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnn 88 27 Using the button on the logger to start and Stop lOGQGING csseecceseseeeeeseeeeeeeseeenensneeeenes 89 28 Changing Logger Parameters ccesccssecceseeeeeeeeeeseeeenseeeeeaeseeseeeenseeeescaeseseeeenseeeesceseseeeeeseneeas 90 29 Accuracy and RESOLUTION cccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeteneeee ee eeeeee see eeenenseseseeeeeeseeneeseeseeeeeseseeeeneeesesneeseseessenes 90 30 Sample Rate ISSUCS i seecceescetese
171. esreivecsatayiietebinevesansaa eeuieeess 116 Select all sam p E S ee arr rrara a aa a Er a ae re e Ea ara ea Aaaa Aehre eE anA eE a aeaiee a Fenai EAEan 117 Copy to Clip oard e ra dae cacy e e E e aean a a a aa E Eae ENa dace 117 Copy to Excel sirrien era eainiie near mee tanne sue ed Ne e a ae aaan eae naea cand anes bavscesveredtvccuenddederspueuadpuneadestecededselestiwtce 120 Setas Start End Markers cA aa a a ae a a a aaaea aG aa adaa aE b aaea anaedai daaa 123 Using the Start and End Markers inan ae tia eaae ea 123 Using the Min and Max Marker cccscsssessccccsscessseneseccsssensssenseesoncesossteonsensecessnecescesonseassessosseseacensusensensonees 123 Using the USer Markers sassinoro ineen re irea ienaa araeir ee ieaie eaen eared 124 ZOOM FUNCTIONS Aeae BEE eee e E a sea TA E A A T EEE 124 How ZOOMING WOrKS vt evesivccrevscvevssceuietcavtencessevccniessevedbetndebevencveshddureuvectecoviebesa des cetoneevdens seevedbidedepestnendshoeabdvedees 124 The Sample Cursor and Mouse Cursor 125 ZOOMING With the MOUSCisccsicceessncstectececdeceesiivoncevevedvedsnduecoesttensctnssvceecersesberdabeceddavosencctedvecodsendercevensineraccyteeds 125 Zooming with the MOUSEWhEEl cccsccsssscscccsssreosesnsctcecssensssesseccossusesonsenecesssenesenseesecseessonsonsesoenssntonsonens 126 Horizontal ZOOM cso cicteccesbeceeetcewiel cavtendssaenecsitencsedbecadenasen cvs caacetcuvideitcaveetess deia Ee AA a 127 Norica ZOOM pied enaa can evccsaeica sea A
172. ess is protected by a password and the password you have specified is not correct Re enter the password The number can be up to 8 digits You cannot have other characters such as the space character or alphabetic characters The password will not display as you type it Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 188 Temprecord Help 8 31 8 32 8 33 8 34 8 35 See Also Error and Warning Messages Invalid sample period The sample period is the time that elapses between samples Enter the sample period as hours minutes and seconds The minimum sample period that can be entered is 0 00 02 or 2 seconds You can enter any value between 2 seconds and the upper limit of 24 hours and the sample period must be a multiple of 2 seconds See Also Error and Warning Messages Invalid start date The start date you have entered is not a valid date Do not enter any separator characters such as or when you enter the date See Also Error and Warning Messages Invalid start delay The start delay is the time that elapses between when the logger is started and when it begins to record samples Enter the start delay as hours minutes and seconds The minimum start delay that can be entered is 0 00 10 or 10 seconds You can enter any value between 10 seconds and 24 hours See Also Error and Warning Messages Invalid start time The start time you have entered is not a valid time Do n
173. esult you intended make sure the characters in the specification you don t want used as formatting characters are enclosed in double quotes Data from Green Logger TR If you do want to include formatting characters make sure they are outside quotes e g Data from Green Logger L TR would cause a filename to be generated similar to Data from Green Logger S 1234567 TR See also Default filename specification Why doesn t my printed graph look the same as the one I see on screen When the Visible Samples printing option is selected the sample range shown on the printed graph corresponds to that shown on screen This means that the temperature humidity values span in the vertical axis and the time span in the horizontal axis are the same for printed graph and the one on screen You may however not see the same axis annotation values for each There are two reasons for this e The font used for the on screen graph annotation differs from the font used in the printed report e The aspect ratio height vs width of the graph will be different For the screen graph the aspect ratio is determined by the dimensions of the window the graph is displayed in For the printed graph the aspect ratio depends on the paper size the paper orientation and the height of the graph as a percentage of the page Temprecord spaces the graticule annotation so that the time and date text can be written comfortably in the space allocated without bec
174. et adobe com reader e The PDF help file was not installed when you installed Temprecord The PDF file should have been installed into the same folder as the Temprecord program The PDF help file is called TRW_EN PDF and would normally be installed into C Program Files TRW See Also Error and Warning Messages 8 85 Unable to print An error has occurred while Temprecord was trying to print Check that the selected printer is available to your computer Check that you have the latest printer driver for your printer and version of Windows Some earlier versions of the Windows 3 11 printer drivers for the HP LaserJet 5P printer will give this error If you are unable to get an updated printer driver for the LaserJet 5 that fixes the problem try installing a printer driver for an earlier compatible printer such as the HP LaserJet Ill See Also Error and Warning Messages 8 86 Unable to read Temprecord has not yet been started You have attempted to read data from a Temprecord logger before it has been started Use the Program Parameters function to set the logger parameters up for the next use Use the Program Start function to start the logger See Also Error and Warning Messages Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Error and Warning Messages 203 8 87 Unable to read Temprecord is probably faulty You have attempted to read the logged data from a logger that reports as faulty Th
175. ex 100 Product cooling alert 152 Product integrity profile 98 profile product integrity 98 program menu 71 programming a logger 203 programming parameters 72 programming user data 74 prompt on exit 182 prompt on reuse 182 prompt on starting 183 prompt on stopping 183 prompts 137 Proxy settings 173 Queue email 134 quoted text 158 R Range temperature 82 Rate of cooling 105 152 158 163 Rate of Cooling Statistics 152 reader 25 Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 214 Temprecord Help Reader USB 49 reading a file 206 reading a logger 58 195 202 203 read only 187 recent files opening 69 refrigeration index 104 Refrigeration Index Statistics 152 regional settings 110 171 197 Removing a password 77 renaming afile 64 Report diagnostics resolution 82 90 response no 189 Response unknown logger 208 Reuse logger 194 reusing 137 reusing alogger 87 191 192 193 198 199 203 reusing Temprecord loggers 182 RI 104 right mouse button 14 vic safe range 78 Sample Goto 114 sample period 74 188 sample range 158 163 sample rate issues 91 Samples copying to clipboard 117 Samples selecting all 117 save file dialog 60 177 206 saving a file 59 195 203 saving data 27 181 Saving Files 139 141 144 145 146 147 ScanDisk 184 186 searching for help 14 Select all samples 117 selecting a font 136 semicolon 158 Sending a diagnostics report
176. f process they have monitored This involves two considerations Firstly is the process one or two phase Secondly is the process aerobic anaerobic or a mixture of the two One phase or Two phase Processes such as carcass cooling and offal cooling are termed single phase processes because they are composed of a single cooling period containing no periods where product is handled requiring removal of the temperature logger A temperature history is collected simply by attachment of the probe to the slowest cooling site For surface sites the probe is inserted into a stainless steel disc which is then pinned to the meat surface using a non heat conducting i e Teflon staple The logger should be placed with the product as soon as possible There may be regulatory requirements relating to your process describing when and where probes are placed For carcass cooling the surface temperature should be above 25 C at the beginning of the process and below 7 C at the end which is the minimum temperature for E coli growth At the end of the process the logger is interrogated and a PHI produced Note that 2 models of disc are available one for beef and one for mutton Temprecord expresses PHI values both with and without lag This lag refers to the period of time that bacteria need to adjust to a new environment before they can start to grow For use with fresh meat processing DO NOT USE VALUES EXPRESSED AS WITH LAG This is because b
177. for the Temprecord Reader Interface will happen automatically as part of the software installation If you experience difficulty with the automatic installation of the USB drivers required for the reader interface follow the instructions given here A IMPORTANT Don t plug in your reader interface before installing the Temprecord software If the instructions given below do not work for you you can always install the USB drivers manually XP SP2 you must ensure that your computer is not connected to the Internet when you install the USB drivers Otherwise Windows will load an incorrect driver file from the Internet If you are running Windows XP SP2 or above the installer will ask if it can check the Internet for the driver You must answer No to this question A IMPORTANT NOTE If you are running Windows 2000 or Windows XP prior to Service pack 2 If the installation of the drivers is incomplete you may see this dialog when you plug in the reader for the first time Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard This wizard helps you install software for Temprecord USB Reader If your hardware came with an installation CD or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do Install the software automatically Recommended Install from a list or specific location Advanced Click Next to continue ihe Cancel Select Install from a specific location Advanced and c
178. formation displayed consists of the mean temperature i e the average temperature the standard deviation the maximum temperature reached the minimum temperature reached the number and percentage of samples that were above the upper limit the number and percentage of samples that were below the lower limit the number and percentage of samples that were both above the upper limit and below the lower limit e e If Humidity was logged instead these statistics are available for the logged humidity samples If both Humidity and Temperature were logged these statistics are available for both You can select Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 95 between them by using the View Temperature View Humidity and View Temperature and Humidity menu options Statistics for Samples Between Start and End Markers The above parameters are calculated for all of the samples read from the logger If you have set start and end samples that are different from the first and last samples in the logger the above parameters are calculated again using only those samples between the start and end samples This is useful when you want to exclude a portion of the data record e g the time when the logger was not ina controlled environment TTV Total Temperature Value Statistics Temprecord can also calculate and display TTV Total Temperature Value statistics To enable this facility click on O
179. ful to examine the startup log when troubleshooting Temprecord operation The startup log is a text file Startup Log txt and is normally written to the Windows temporary files folder D You can quickly toggle the display of the extra information tabs with the Ctrl I key 6 6 21 Refrigeration Index Graph View Temprecord can also calculate and display RI Refrigeration Index statistics To enable this facility click on Options Statistics and make sure Show Refrigeration Index Statistics is checked The RI statistics are calculated between the start and end samples only Remember that if a file has just been loaded the start sample is set to the first sample and the end sample to the last sample The RI value is calculated for each sample and is cumulative If the temperature falls below 7 0 degrees C the RI value at this point is reported The RI value is also reported at the end sample regardless of whether the 7 0 degree C temperature was reached The time interval taken for the temperature to fall to 7 0 degrees C is also reported in the statistics view The RI value displayed is a logarithmic value and represents the base 10 log of the number of generation increases over the time period The Y axis for the refrigeration index is shown on the right hand edge of the graph view It is always scaled so that the trace occupies the whole graph You can change the colors of the refrigeration index graticule and trace in options See Al
180. g trw read save data from fred tr EXPORT lt filename gt trw read export trw read export fred Saves the loaded Temprecord data to a disk file as an ASCII file i e performs the same function as the Export function from within TRW An error results if there is no data loaded i e a READ or OPEN command line option must also be specified If no filename is specified and the loaded data is from a file the name of the export file is the name of the loaded TR file but with filetype as specified in the Options Export settings of TRW If no filename is Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Contents 23 Command Example Function Command Example Function Command Example Function Command Example specified and the loaded data is from a logger a filename is constructed from the logger serial number and the filetype is as specified in the Options Export settings of TRW If a filename and filetype is specified it is used as the exported filename If no filetype is specified but no filetype the filetype as specified in the Options Export settings of TRW is used When exporting data with this option the export settings as specified in the Options Export settings of TRW apply NOTE If the file already exists it is overwritten You will not be prompted before overwriting even if that option is checked in TRW If the filename contains spaces you need to enclose i
181. gly recommends that you stop this installation now and contact the hardware vendor for software that has passed Windows Logo testing Continue Anyway STOF Installation Click the Continue Anyway button and you should see the following screen Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 38 Temprecord Help 2 4 Hardware Update Wizard Completing the Hardware Update eS Wizard The wizard has finished installing the software for a Temprecord USB Reader Click Finish to close the wizard lt Back Finish At this point the whole process will repeat to install a second set of drivers that are required Follow the same procedure as outlined above See Also Installation of Temprecord Installing Temprecord on Networks Installing Temprecord Reader USB Drivers Notes for System Administrators Notes for System Administrators These notes will serve as a guide to administrators IT support personnel and other installers of Temprecord Installation Temprecord requires the user to have administrator rights for installation After installation Temprecord will be available to all users of the computer whether administrators or limited users Batch installation see below carried out on computers with an installation of Temprecord TRW prior to 5 25 can automatically import those settings but you will need to edit the batch file to enable that group of statements I
182. h with the ta flag symbol e The Goto Min Go to Max Sample functions These move the cursor to the minimum value sample and maximum value sample respectively of the logged temperature and or humidity values The behaviour of these functions changes somewhat when both temperature and humidity traces are displayed If the cursor is not currently positioned at a minimum temperature or humidity sample then the Go to Min function moves the cursor to minimum temperature sample If the cursor is already on the minimum temperature sample then the Go To Min function moves it to the minimum humidity sample If the cursor is already on the minimum humidity sample then the Go To Min function moves it to the minimum temperature sample Equivalent behaviour exists for the Go To Max function The maximum and minimum are only calculated between the start and end samples When a file or logger is first read the start and end sample are set to the first and last sample respectively so the minimum and maximum displayed are for the whole sample record If the start and or end samples are altered however the maximum and minimum are recalculated See Using the start and end markers for more information A The maximum and minimum are only calculated over the samples stored in the logger Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 110 Temprecord Help at the time the logger was read or saved to a file If loop overwrite is enabled th
183. he Lower limit If you do not want the trace to appear differently from that part of the trace that is within the limits choose the same color as the In Range color The color you choose here is also used to display the lower limit horizontal line There are separate colors defined for both temperature and humidity values Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 155 If Show Limits is checked and Show TTV Limits is not checked the trace will display in the above limit s color when the temperature is above the upper limit and in the below limit s color when the temperature is below the lower limit Otherwise the trace will display in the in range s color If Show TTV Limits is checked the trace will display in the above limit s color when the temperature is above the upper limit for the TTV period for that sample and in the below limit s color when the temperature is below the lower limit for the TTV period of that sample Otherwise if the temperature is in range for that TTV period or the sample is prior to the first TTV period or past the last TTV period the trace will display in the in range s color Note that you must also have Show TTV Statistics checked for this to display Be careful when changing these colors If you select a color that is the same as the background of the window any part of the trace displayed in that color will be invisible Axis Color
184. he Mon T specific parameters Minimum Temperature and Resolution The display units determine how temperatures are displayed in the Temprecord program See also Parameter Defaults Program Parameters dialo Load Parameters from Defaults Auto Mode 7 17 Email Options The Email options are provided so that you can customize the email message that accompanies files when you send them by email To Enter the email addresses of the recipients separated by commas From Enter your name and email address in the format Your Name lt your email address gt This is not necessary except that when sending mail by the SMTP method some mail servers require a valid From address to be Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 169 specified before they will accept the message i i Also whatever you enter in this field is used to supply the data for the Name and Email meta YD strings So if you have the From field set as Joe Bloggs lt joe mycompany com gt then you could have in the Message field o My name is Name and my email address is Email and it would appear in the body of the email as My name is Joe Bloggs and my email address is joe mycompany com Subject Enter the subject line of the email This is optional You can use special formatting keywords in the subject These are replaced at the time the email is queued for sending by text according to the rules s
185. he Windows clipboard This is of YD general use when importing sample data into other applications For the specific task of importing samples into a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet it is recommended you use the Copy to Excel function This creates a XLS file directly and is much more convenient As an example to copy a range of samples to a table in a Microsoft Word document follow the steps below e In Graph view select the start sample on the trace of the range you wish to transfer Click on the sample and then press the F7 key e Now select the end sample of the range Click on the sample and press the F8 key The range of samples selected is shown on the graph in a different colored background e Open the Graph right click menu by clicking the right hand button on your mouse Temprecord File N PROJECTS MONITOR trw 0000002 27Apr09 0845 TR File Program View Options Help if ces Sf sa saa AAA Sa ea el e r 7 5 Data is From File N PROJECTS MONITOR trw 0000002 27 Apr09 0845 TR E Friday 24 April 2009 10 40 49 p m 2 39 C from multi trip logger serial number 0000002 Summary Values A Statistics v Graph Select All Ctrl Copy to xcel Ctrl E v Temperature Humidity Temperature and Humidity GoTo Zoom Set as Start Samp e Select Copy from the menu e Open the Microsoft Word document that contains the table you wish to copy the samples to e Select the column in t
186. he logger See Also Error and Warning Messages Temprecord has not yet been started You have tried to read the data from a logger that has not yet been started To have your logger take samples e Use the Program Parameters function to set the logger up e Use the Program Start function to start the logger e Place the logger in the environment you wish to monitor for a while Use the File Read Logger function to read the samples taken so far See Also Error and Warning Messages Temprecord is already running You have tried to start the Temprecord program but there is already a copy of Temprecord running on your computer Only one copy of Temprecord can run at any one time on a single computer Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Error and Warning Messages 193 8 52 8 53 8 54 8 55 You can find the copy that is already running on your computer Hold the Alt key down and press the Tab key Windows will display a panel with all the running programs shown as icons Use the Tab key to switch from one running program to the next Repeat this until the Temprecord icon is selected Release the Alt key and you will be placed in the copy of Temprecord that is already running Alternatively if the taskbar is displayed click on the taskbar button that shows the Temprecord icon See Also Error and Warning Messages Temprecord is already started You have attempted to start the logger when
187. he report summary The number of user data lines printed is determined by the User Data Lines summary option described above i A The graph options Serial Number and User Data are intended for the production of i single page reports where only the graph is required and serial number and the user data Graph Height Use this option to specify the height of the graph printed in the report This option is only used if the Graph option described above is also checked The height is specified in terms of a percentage of the available page height i A If you set the printer to Landscape orientation instead of Portrait the graph height is measured relative to the height of the landscape page Sample Range Use this option to specify what samples are shown in the graph and or values in the printed and PDF output This option is only used if the Graph and or Values options described above are also checked Entire Record specifies that all samples read from the currently loaded Temprecord file or the logger are to be printed Visible Window specifies that only those samples displayed in the current Temprecord data graph view window are to be printed If this option is used the printed graph will have the same temperature and sample span as the displayed graph view window and the graticule positions will be the same e From Start to End Markers specifies that only those samples between the start and end samples are to
188. he table where you want to paste the data the entire column should show as black when it is selected Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 119 File Edit view Insert Format Tools Table Window Help Type ar OSA BIGRIF HB 4aas 9 c faly Be Aq 10 O wipes i E E G A Bi normatnewm Aq Table Grid TimesNewRoman 10 B Z U LET FM a O M 2 ws A amp hm amp Cut a Copy y Insert Columns Delete Columns So Merge Cells HF Distribute Rows Evenly ty Distribute Columns Evenly Borders and Shading I Text Direction e Right click on the mouse and select Paste from the right click menu Documenti Microsoft Word gt File Edit view Insert Format Tools Table Window Help Type a CO BGASIGRIF HS 4B9 9 BDSRSBAqT 10 O ARa Aq Table Grid TimesNewRoman 10 B Z U 32 i Ay Normal New TP Mala BB G Al ma The data will be pasted into the table Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 120 Temprecord Help A e If you are displaying humidity data the humidity values will be copied instead If both humidity D and temperature are displayed you will get two columns of values in the clipboard e You can also enable the include date in copy to clipboard option and the date and time will be copied as well Er e You can also use the Ctrl C key or the Copy to clipboard spee
189. hipment the Temprecord program provides the ability to quickly analyse a temperature record and determine key indicators via the Product Integrity Profile The information is presented in the form of annotations on the graph and a report as part of the statistics Both of these functions can be enabled with the Show Product Integrity Statistics option Definitions PIP Product Integrity Profile Cool zone the desired temperature range in which the product should remain Above cool zone or temperatures above the cool zone i e where the ambient product is too warm Below cool zone temperatures below the cool zone i e where the product is too cold Time to cool the time taken for the temperature to cool from the start until the upper limit of the cool zone Time in cool zone the time the product spent inside the cool zone If the product cooled below the lower limit the time in the cool zone will be shown as two sections the time taken to cool from the upper temperature limit down to the lower temperature limit when the temperature enters the blow cool zone and the time taken to warm from the lower temperature limit up to the upper temperature limit when the temperature enters the above cool zone or ambient The time when reported in the statistics report is the sum of these values Time below cool the time spend below the lower temperature of the zone cool zone Time warming the time taken for the temperature to reach the end
190. his one will be used and display the temperature data as a graph e Use the File Save function to save the logger data to a disk file You can use the filename provided by Temprecord which will be derived from the serial number of the logger or you can type in a new file name of your choice e Use the File Open function to read the file again This will open another window and display the data from that logger in graph view i A When Temprecord opens another data window it will normally be opened over the top i of any existing windows To have Temprecord arrange the windows so that they do not overlap use the View Tile Vertically or View Tile Horizontallyfunctions To have Temprecord arrange all of the open windows as a cascade or overlapping windows use the View Cascade function See also Tile Vertically Tile Horizontally Cascade Zoom Functions Using the Zoom Presets Displaying the same file in 2 or more windows 6 6 8 Goto Functions Temprecord provides a comprehensive array of functions for moving quickly to important points on the graph You can access these functions from the view menu or from the pop up menu that displays when you click the right mouse button Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 114 Temprecord Help Go to Any Sample Go to First Go to Last Sample Go to Start Go to End Go to Next Go to Previous Marker Go to Min Go to Max Sample Using the Start and End Markers
191. ical data along with the graph You can switch from one view mode to another within a window but this does not allow you to see the two display modes at the same time Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 113 To see the data read from a logger displayed in two different windows you need to save the data from one of them first as a file This is because Temprecord will only ever allow one window to be opened containing data from a logger These are the steps involved in displaying the data from 2 or more different loggers Use the File Read Logger function to read the first logger Temprecord will open a window if there is not already a window open with data read from a logger if there is this one will be used and display the temperature data as a graph e Use the File Save function to save the logger data to a disk file You can use the filename provided by Temprecord which will be derived from the serial number of the logger or you can type in a new file name of your choice Use the File Read Logger function to read the data from the second logger This will open another window and display the data from that logger in graph view These are the steps involved in displaying the data from the same logger in 2 windows Use the File Read Logger function to read the first logger Temprecord will open a window if there is not already a window open with data read from a logger if there is t
192. ics to be exported The statistics exported always pertain to those between the start and end samples It is not affected by the sample range setting described below TTV Statistics Check this option if you want the results of the Total Temperature Value TTV statistics calculations to be exported If this option is checked the TTV results as displayed in the statistics view are written to the export file Turn this option off if you do not want the TTV statistics in the exported file Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 160 Temprecord Help The Show TTV Statistics option on the Statistics Options tab must be checked in order for the TTV statistics to be exported When the field delimiter is set to a non space character extra delimiters are inserted when the TTV totals are exported This is so that the totals will align properly with the individual TTV period data and column headers when the exported file is imported into a spreadsheet MS Access TTV Statistics Check this option if you want the results of the Total Temperature Value TTV statistics calculations to be exported in a format more suitable for importing into Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel If this option is checked the TTV results as exported as a series of rows as shown in the following example Serial No Sample Period Start Sample Start Sample DateTime TTV Period Periods Specified Periods Shown Period N
193. iculties with Temprecord software See diagnostics reports for more information 7 25 Diagnostics Reports You can request that a diagnostics report be generated and sent to Temprecord To do this open the Options dialog and select the System page Click on the button labeled Send The diagnostics report contains information about your computer system and can help Temprecord when diagnosing problems you may be having The report contains information including e The current settings of Temprecord which are saved in a file called TRW INI A log of the events occurring as Temprecord was started up A log of previous Temprecord software installations An image of the screen contents when the report was requested Information about the computer system running the Temprecord program No Temprecord data files or PDF report files are sent See also Unexpected errors 8 Error and Warning Messages Battery is exhausted Battery is nearly exhausted Confirm password is invalid Data read from logger has not yet been saved Save first Datafile format error probably not a Temprecord data file Datafile format incorrect Datafile format version error Do you wish to exit Temprecord Do you wish to re use the Temprecord logger Do you wish to start the Temprecord logger Do you wish to stop the Temprecord logger Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 178 Temprecord Help Encryption key and confir
194. ill not be the only person working on any given foreign language e Translators are required for both the Temprecord software application and the on line help system text e Translators are required for most of the Romance languages currently Spanish French Dutch German Portuguese Italian and Swedish Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 172 Temprecord Help 7 20 7 21 e Translators should have the target language rather than English as their first language e Translators must be technically conversant with the Temprecord range of temperature logging products If you are interested in helping with this effort please contact us at info temprecord com Comment Labels Options Use the Option Comment Labels page to change the text Temprecord displays to the left of the comment fields when you are editing the comment fields for a Temprecord data file This feature only works with data files created with Temprecord or Temprecord for DOS from versions 1 15 onwards You cannot use the comment labels feature on files created with the earlier versions of Temprecord for DOS The comment field labels are assigned to a data set at the time the data is read from the logger From then on the labels cannot be altered but the text in the comment fields themselves can be altered For more information see the topic Using the comment fields Web Options Use the Options Web tab to set up Temprecord
195. in logger is selected the date and time of the most recent sample taken in the logger will be used Timezone to use when formatting file and folder names This option determines what timezone is used when a date and time is used to generate a file or folder name Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 177 e If Use Local Time is selected the local time as set on the computer currently running the Temprecord program will be used This is normally the date and time displayed in the bottom right hand corner of the screen Note that this time is affected by the current status of any daylight savings time Summer time that may be in force You can have the timezone name and offset as part of the file or folder name if you wish See using the file and folder templates for more information e f Use UTC Time is selected the date and time used to format any file or folder names will be UTC or GMT Greenwich Mean Time This option may be useful when the files need to be referred to ina timezone other than that which the logger was deployed in 7 24 System Options This options page displays useful system information that may be of use the administrators who are trying to diagnose problems with Temprecord software installation or operation Send Diagnostics Report Click this button to send a diagnostics report to Temprecord You may be asked to do this by Temprecord personnel if you are experiencing diff
196. in with the parameters specified in the Options Defaults form See also User Data Sample Period Start Dela Start Time and Date Password Lower and Upper Limits Enable Safe Range Limit Delay Loop Overwrite Start and Stop with Button Start and Stop with Switcher Allow Markers Auto Mode Operation Accuracy and Resolution There is often confusion over the difference between the accuracy of monitoring devices and the resolution of monitoring devices Accuracy refers to the range of uncertainty that applies to a given temperature measurement i e the temperature value logged by the device as compared to the true temperature The accuracy of the Temprecord logger is around 0 6 C 1 0 F over the measurement range Resolution refers to the number of decimal places to which the temperature values are recorded and also displayed The resolution of the logger varies with temperature but at OC it is around 0 01 C 1 one hundredth of a degree The displayed resolution in Temprecord is usually 0 01 C While it may not seem sensible to record and display the temperature values to a greater resolution than the accuracy of the logger it can be in fact quite useful Temprecord is able to record and display very small fluctuations in temperature changes that would be much smaller than the resolution of other loggers which often have a resolution of as much as 2 0 The humidity values are normally displayed to a resoluti
197. ination folder is known in advance System administrators should examine this file and edit it to suit their environment is necessary although using it in its current form will generally install Temprecord satisfactorily To prepare the batch installation template to install Temprecord the following steps are required e Unzip the TRW setup files into a temporary folder e Copy the file TRW Batch Installation Template bat to a new name e Edit the new batch file and change the items shown in red on the following lines if required set InstallLogFilename TRW Installation Log txt set InstallFolder C Program Files Temprecord TRW set InstallGroup Temprecord You will find the batch installation template in the folder C Documents and Settings All Users Documents Temprecord Files Samples A note about INI files The INI file usually called TRW INI is responsible for remembering all the settings of TRW when the application exits From TRW version 5 26 onwards the INI file is handled differently to previous TRW versions e When TRW starts it first checks the folder the EXE file is located in for the INI file If one is found it is read This folder is usually called something like C Program Files Temprecord TRW If Temprecord has been installed and is running from a network drive for shared use an INI file will be checked for in that folder instead e If the INI file is not found the common application data folder of the
198. ing you should configure the logger if you wish to set the user data alter the sample period or start delay or change any of the other parameters The Temprecord logger status must be READY in order for it to be started Once started the start delay begins timing After this start delay period has elapsed the Temprecord unit will begin to log temperature The Temprecord logger will flash when started and again when the start delay has expired and logging begins If you have recently read a Temprecord logger and not yet saved the contents to a disk file you will be prompted to save the data first Inland and Export loggers can only be started by snapping off the tabs Starting a logger does not necessarily mean it will begin taking temperature readings Logging of temperatures will not start until the start delay has counted down Aus When you use the Program Start Logger function you will be asked to confirm that you want to do this If you prefer not to be asked this question you can uncheck the option Prompt before starting in the General Options form Aus MKT You can also set up a logger so that it can be started by the button on the logger or by the switcher or by a programmed start time and date mie You can start the logger currently in the reader interface by clicking on this speed button ku on the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window See also Stopping a logger Reusing a logge
199. ing recent 69 Web Load and Save options 174 Web options 172 Web tracking 173 what the LEDs on the logger tellyou 87 When the default filename and folders are used 144 Will not start Temprecord 44 window 131 Windows 30 Windows 7 problems with displayed date format 110 write protected 187 Zi Zone of thermal neutrality 97 zones rate of cooling 105 zoom 127 130 131 188 zoomall 128 zoom all windows to presets 130 Zoom All Windows To This One 131 zoom between markers 128 zoom functions 124 zoom window to presets 130 zooming 129 Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd
200. inue lt Back Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 30 Temprecord Help 2 1 Select Install the software automatically and click the Next button Once again the same procedure will likely repeat as there are two separate sets of driver files that need to be installed for the Temprecord Reader To install Temprecord on another workstation on a network see the topic Installing Temprecord on Networks See Also Installing Temprecord on Networks Installing Temprecord Reader USB Drivers Notes for System Administrators Installing Temprecord on Networks This topic will mainly be of interest to network administrators Like most modern Windows applications Temprecord has been designed to be installed on each workstation it is required on Once installed the default data file and reports folders are set to the current users profile and also shared documents folders are created for the PC and have modify permissions set for all users The installer creates all folder required with the appropriate permissions set The installer will not run unless an administrator account is logged in Installing TRW on a common shared network drive is not recommended The installation process creates file associations between the Temprecord program and TR data files which will not be present if the program is not installed on the workstation It also pre installs USB driver files for the Temprecord Reader
201. ion in the search Ic Program Files T RW Drivers Browse C Don t search will choose the driver to install Choose this option to select the device driver from a list Windows does not guarantee that the driver you choose will be the best match for your hardware Man Make sure Search for the best driver in these locations is selected Search removable media is not checked and Include this location in the search is checked Then click the Browse button Navigate to the Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Installation of Temprecord 37 folder C Program Files TRW Drivers If you installed to a folder other than TRW select that folder instead When you have selected the folder close the Browse dialog and click Next You will probably receive a warning that the driver is not certified 21D x File Action View Help e mE ema Ra E8 Network adapters Hardware Update Wizard a Please wait while the wizard installs the software S g Temprecord USB Reader S Temprecord USB Reader aT Hardware Installation The software you are installing for this hardware e has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility with Windows xP Tell me why this testing is important f Continuing your installation of this software may impair or destabilize the correct operation of your system either immediately or in the future Microsoft stron
202. istics References Further reading Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 105 6 3 6 6 4 1 Ross T Ratkowsky D A Mellefont L A and T A McMeekin T A 2003 Modelling the effects of temperature water activity pH and lactic acid concentration on the growth rate of Escherichia coli Int J Food Microbiol 82 33 44 2 Mellefont L A McMeekin T A and Ross T 2003 Performance evaluation of a model describing the effects of temperature water activity pH and lactic acid concentration on the growth of Escherichia coli Int J Food Microbiol 82 45 58 3 Meat amp Livestock Australia 2004 Validation of the chilling of hot boned manufacturing meat and primals PRMS 020 Rate of Cooling Rate of cooling statistics are a measure of the rate at which an environment or product cools after reaching a peak value Temprecord always calculates these statistics between the start F7 and end F8 marker samples in the following way e The temperature record between the start and end samples is scanned for the maximum value e The interval between the maximum sample and the Zone 1 End temperature is called Zone 1 and is treated as the first rate of cooling interval e The interval between the point at which the Zone 1 End temperature is reached and the point at which the Zone 2 End temperature is reached is called Zone 2 and is treated as the second rate of cooling interv
203. isting file is about to be overwritten It is important therefore that you arrange for these specifiers to always produce a unique filename Auto Saving a PDF Report File When you save a PDF report file from Temprecord will never prompt you for the filename Instead it always uses the Default PDF Filename format specifier to construct the filename and the Folder for PDF Files to determine the folder the file is store in Also you will never be prompted if an existing PDF file is about to be overwritten It is important therefore that you arrange for these specifiers to always produce a unique filename Emailing TR Data Files From Auto Mode Temprecord always automatically saves TR data files or PDF report files before emailing them in Auto Mode The TR data files are saved according to the Default TR Filename and the Folder for TR Files The PDF report files are saved according to the Default PDF Filename and the Folder for PDF Files Temprecord then makes temporary copies of the files and generates attachments for the email After the email has been sent the temporary files are deleted Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 145 7 5 6 Take care with formatted filenames and folders If careful attention is not paid to how they are used one can unintentionally create a myriad of strangely named files and folders See also Auto Mode Default TR Filename Folder for TR Files Default P
204. it is already taking samples If the logger status is shown as holdoff it means that the start delay is still counting down The logger will begin to take samples when the start delay counts down to zero See Also Error and Warning Messages Temprecord is already stopped You have attempted to stop the logger when it has already been stopped You can now read the logger and re use it See Also Error and Warning Messages Temprecord must be re used before starting You have attempted to start the logger but it has not yet been re used e Use the Program Reuse function to reuse the logger e Use the Program Parameters function to set the logger up for the next use e Use the Program Start function to start the logger See Also Error and Warning Messages Temprecord must be stopped before re use You have attempted to re use the logger without stopping it first The logger must be in the Stopped state before reuse Use the Program Stop function to stop the logger Use the File Read Logger function to read the temperature data from the logger Use the File Save function to save the temperature data to a disk file Use the Program Reuse function to reuse the logger Use the Program Parameters function to set the logger up for the next use Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 194 Temprecord Help 8 56 8 57 8 58 8 59 Use the Program Start function to start the
205. ith Windows xP Tell me whi this testing is important Continuing your installation of this software may impair or destabilize the corect operation of your system either immediately or in the future Microsoft strongly recommends that you stop this installation now and contact the software vendor for software that has passed Windows Logo testing STOP Installation Click on Continue Anyway You may need to repeat this step as the installation involves copying two distinct sets of driver files When the installation has completed plug in the reader interface You may see the following warning Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Installation of Temprecord 29 Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard Windows will search for current and updated software by looking on your computer on the hardware installation CD or on the Windows Update Web site with your permission Read our privacy policy Can Windows connect to Windows Update to search for software C Yes this time only C Yes now and every time connect a device Reveccserecvenseessesseccscedoeccenees This wizard helps you install software for USB Serial Port C If your hardware came with an installation CD EA or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do C Install from a list or specific location Advanced Click Next to cont
206. izontal zoom factor so that the start sample is at the left hand side of the data window and the end sample is at the right hand side The vertical zoom factor is not altered DD You can also zoom between start and end markers with the F9 key 6 6 13 8 Zoom All Use the View Zoom All function to adjust the zoom factors so that the trace exactly fills the data window This is equivalent to the setting of the horizontal and vertical zoom factors that takes place when a new file is opened or a logger is read Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 129 due rr You can also perform the zoom all function by clicking on this speed button Zi on the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window You can also perform the Zoom All function with the F4 key If you have data displayed in several windows from different loggers the Zoom Window to Presetsfunction is a useful way of displaying and printing the graphs for comparison purposes See the topic Using the Zoom Presets for more information 6 6 13 9 Zooming with the Mouse You can zoom about arbitrary areas of the trace by using the mouse To do this Position the mouse cursor at the top left corner of the area you wish to zoom about e Press the left hand mouse button and hold it down e Drag the mouse cursor to the bottom right corner of the area you wish to zoom about and release it The window will be z
207. le If this field is set to 1 no averaging is performed and the raw temperature values are written to the file If this field is set to say 10 then a set of 10 temperatures is averaged and the mean value written to the file In this case there would be one tenth the number of values in the file as there were samples Date Format Use this option to specify how the date is written to the ASCII file if at all The format chosen will depend on how your application requires date and time information to be formatted No date specifies that no time or date information is to be written The temperature values will be written to the file without any preceding time and date information Use local setting specifies that the date and time are to be written in the format as selected with the International settings in Windows Control Panel MM SS specifies that the time is written in that format e g 12 34 The date is not written e HH MM SS specifies that the time is written in that format e g 11 12 34 The date is not Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 159 written Seconds since 1980 specifies that the time and date are written as an integer being the number of seconds that have passed since midnight on January 1 1980 e Days since 1900 specifies that the time and date are written as an floating point value being the number of days that have passed sin
208. les between the start sample and the last sample the number of periods actually shown may be less than the number specified Also this may mean that the number of samples used to calculate the TTV value for the last shown TTV period is less than a full TTV period s worth In this case the TTV value for the final period will have less relevance The units of the TTV values are degree samples because the method of calculation involves summing the temperature deviation for each sample This means that the displayed value depends on both the sample rate and the selected units degrees F or degrees C When comparing TTV values from different data records the sample rate selected units and TTV period should be the same for both files The TTV statistics are shown in the statistics view The TTV statistics can also be printed and exported See also Changing the view mode Statistics view Statistics View Options Printing Options Export Options Process Hygiene Index 6 3 2 Mean Kinetic Temperature MKT Mean Kinetic Temperature MKT is a way of expressing the overall effect of temperature fluctuations during storage or transit of perishable goods with a single temperature value the Mean Kinetic Temperature Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 98 Temprecord Help 6 3 3 MKT is a calculated single temperature that is better represents the effects of temperature variations over a period of time than
209. lick Next Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 32 Temprecord Help Hardware Update Wizard Please choose your search and installation options gt Y Search for the best driver in these locations Use the check boxes below to limit or expand the default search which includes local paths and removable media The best driver found will be installed Search removable media floppy CD ROM IV Include this location in the search c Program Files T RW Drivers Browse Don t search will choose the driver to install Choose this option to select the device driver from a list Windows does not guarantee that the driver you choose will be the best match for your hardware cro Make sure Search for the best driver in these locations is selected Search removable media is not checked and Include this location in the search is checked Then click the Browse button Navigate to the folder C Program Files TRW Drivers If you installed to a folder other than TRW select that folder instead When you have selected the folder close the Browse dialog and click Next After some time up to a minute you may see a warning that the drivers are not Microsoft certified and asking you to confirm that you wish to install them anyway Hardware Installation A The software you are installing for this hardware Temprecord USB Reader has not passed Windows Logo tes
210. ll of the four different view modes By default new installations of Temprecord have the printing of numeric values disabled Use the Options Printing page to turn on printing of the values You can access the printing options by either e Opening the Options menu and selecting the Printing tab e Clicking on the Options button when the Print dialog is displayed COM Port Issues An unused COM port is required to use the Temprecord Reader Interface to program and read loggers You specify the COM port to use using the Options COM Port dialog If you have the type of Reader Interface that plugs into a USB port it may not be obvious which COM port that it is using as the COM port is sometimes assigned dynamically by Windows according to what port numbers COM1 COM2 etc are already taken If you need to establish what COM port your USB reader interface is using the following procedure should guide you to find out e Click on Start e Click on Control Panel Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 50 Temprecord Help E Control Panel File Edit view Favorites Tools Help Ge v v T JO search gt Folders E Address G Control Panel va Control Panel a Ge Switch to Classic view ck a category An 2 Appearance and Themes Printers and Other Hardware See Also a g Windows Update Help and Support etori ane Internet 2 User Acco
211. logger See Also Error and Warning Messages Temprecord was unable to create your TRW INI file An error has occurred when Temprecord tried to create your INI file The INI file is used to remember your preferences and settings between Temprecord sessions You will still be able to run Temprecord but any changes you make to the options may not be remembered Check that your disk is not full Check that you have sufficient access rights to your computer s Windows directory You may not have full access if you are running on a network See Also Error and Warning Messages Temprecord was unable to find your TRW INI file Temprecord could not find your TRW INI file in the Windows subdirectory of your computer The INI file is used to remember your preferences and settings between Temprecord sessions A new INI file will be created with default settings for all the preferences You may receive this message if you install Temprecord for another user on your network This is normal and it just means that Temprecord is creating another separate preferences file for the new user The message should not appear again See Also Error and Warning Messages Temprecord was unable to write to your TRW INI file An error has occurred when Temprecord tried to write your preferences to your INI file The INI file is used to remember your preferences and settings between Temprecord sessions You will still be able to run Temprecord but any chang
212. lower limits and report whether the limits have been exceeded via the red and green LED on the logger In some situations the logger must be started while the temperature humidity is outside the limits and it is undesirable for this situation to be reported as a temperature humidity outside of the limits Also there are applications where a brief excursion outside the limits may be expected and is not to be reported as an out of range error To accommodate these situations Temprecord allows you to set a limit delay parameter The limit delay is used in two ways it affects the behaviour of both the safe range and also the lower and upper temperature and humidity limits e The limit indicators upper temperature exceeded lower temperature exceeded upper humidity exceeded lower humidity exceeded are only set when the number of continuous samples exceeding the respective limit is greater then the limit delay parameter In other words the limit delay specifies how many consecutive samples are tolerated outside the limits before an out of limits condition is flagged To have the limit indicators set and therefore the red LED flash as soon as any single sample exceeds the respective limit set the limit delay to 0 e If the enable safe range option is checked comparison of the temperature and or humidity values starts as soon as the number of samples taken inside the safe range exceeds the value specified in the limit delay parameter In
213. ly in the Program Parameters form updates the information in the form to the logger but leaves the form open To set up several loggers with the same or similar programmed data P 2 3 Place the first logger into the reader interface Select the Program Parameters menu item After a few seconds the Program Parameters form will open with the parameters for that logger Make any changes you want to the user data sample rate etc Click on Apply A window will open while the Temprecord parameters are updated and after this is done you will be returned to the Program Parameters form Remove the logger and insert the next one Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 84 Temprecord Help Repeat steps 3 4 and 5 as many times as necessary to set up your loggers then click on OK to update the last logger and close the Program Parameters form Temprecord will not allow you to set up a logger that is protected with a passwordunless the passwords on all subsequent loggers matches the original logger or the password on the subsequent loggers is zero Temprecord will only allow you to set up loggers of all the same type in this way You cannot set up for example an inland logger then a scientific logger See also Setting up a default set of parameters Auto Mode Operation 5 21 Setting up a default set of parameters If you have a particular set of parameters that are frequently programmed into
214. m are different Error carrying out command line functions Error loading web file Error opening web file Error opening lt filename gt Error reading file Error printing to PDF file Error previewing PDF file Error viewing PDF File Error writing file lt filename gt Data is corrupted Invalid limit delay count Invalid lower temperature limit Invalid password submitted Invalid sample period Invalid start date Invalid start delay Invalid start time Invalid preset date or time Invalid upper temperature limit NOTE This data logger remains within an accuracy of 0 5C but for greater accuracy you may choose to have it re calibrated Password and confirm are different Password is invalid Password is not verified Password Specification Errors Start time and date has already passed Temprecord cannot be stopped until start delay expires Temprecord failed to re use Temprecord failed to start Temprecord failed to stop Temprecord has already been re used Temprecord has not yet been started Temprecord is already running Temprecord is already started Temprecord is already stopped Temprecord must be re used before starting Temprecord must be stopped before re use Temprecord was unable to create your TRW INI file Temprecord was unable to find your TRW INI file Temprecord was unable to write to your TRW INI file The Auto Mode option to reuse the logger is set but no options have been set to save data Continu
215. m factors How zooming works Horizontal Zoom Vertical Zoom Zoom Between Start and End markers Zoom All Zooming with the Mouse Zoom Window to Presets Zoom all Windows to Presets Zoom All Windows To This One Assign Presets from Window Edit Presets ee aE e eee OO E 6 6 13 1 How zooming works Temprecord provides a rich array of zooming functions to help you drill down into your data quickly and accurately When a file or logger data is first read the horizontal axis is scaled so that the entire sample record occupies the width of the data window Similarly the vertical axis is scaled so that the height of the data window corresponds to the span from the minimum temperature to the maximum temperature Horizontal zoom and vertical zoom with the view toolbar zoom speed buttons always work relative to the sample cursor position After a zoom operation Temprecord always attempts to position the view window so that the graph sample cursor is in approximately the same location in the window after the window has been zoomed Horizontal and vertical zoom can be changed independently Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 125 Zooming is also possible with the mouse by clicking and dragging to select an area of the graph and with the mouse wheel if your mouse is fitted with one fs If you have data displayed in several windows from different loggers the Zoom Window to Presetsfunc
216. m the logger When this step is complete a graph of the recorded samples will display Select the View Values function The Window will change to display the logged temperatures as a series of temperature values Select the File Save function This allows you to save the logged temperatures to a file so that they can be read from disk later Temprecord initially chooses a filename based on the serial number of the logger but you are free to change this if you wish Click on OK to save the data to disk Your Temprecord logger continues to record samples until it is stopped see Program Stop Logger or the maximum number of samples is taken unless the Loop Overwrite Option is turned on You do not need to stop the logger in order to read and display the logged temperature Congratulations You have just used your Temprecord logger to record and display temperature samples See also How Do l Common Problems Error and Warning Messages Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 14 Temprecord Help 1 4 1 5 How To Use Help There are several ways to find information about a particular help topic If you are new to Temprecord and want to find out how to use the product try Getting Started with Temprecord To search for help on a particular topic click on the button marked Search near the top of this Help window To find out more about an item on a Temprecord menu open the menu
217. mail address meta string 168 Name sender s name meta string 168 TO list of recipients meta string 168 User logged in Windows user meta string 168 Workgroup computer workgroup name meta string 168 1 16 bit versions of Windows 30 A about Temprecord 27 Access exporting to 158 Accuracy 90 196 Adbobe Acrobat 186 address bad 179 Administrators 38 Adobe Acrobat 185 Alert product cooling All samples selecting allow markers 81 annotation 158 Anti virus software 44 arrow keys 44 ASCII file save 60 ASCII files 68 ASCII filetype 158 assign presets from window 131 Auto mode 139 141 144 145 146 147 194 Auto mode operation 91 Auto Mode options 175 averaging 158 axes appearance on printed report is different to screen 57 168 152 117 B bad address bad CRC 180 bad verify 180 Batch installation 38 battery 180 Battery capacity remaining showing beep when clicking on buttons 46 Blood cooling alert 152 Bluetooth 137 138 button 81 buttons 15 buttons not working 46 Cs Calibration 196 Capacity battery 148 Caring for humidity loggers 25 cascade 134 Celsius 106 changing logger parameters 90 changing the lower and upper limits 111 changing the view mode 110 checking foralogger 58 checking for a logger on startup Clearing a password 77 Clipboard copying datato 161 Clipboard copying samples to closing a file 65 closingawindow 134 1
218. matting character is dependent on the date formatting options If UTC time is selected this formatting character will always cause 0000 to be displayed Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 143 i If you don t want Temprecord to use these date formatting rules on the file or folder D name you specify enclose the entire template in double quotes A Note that the specifier for minutes is n not m which means months Examples Here are some examples of the filenames generated Filename Format Specified Filename Generated Feature Demonstrated data data TR No formatting L 1234567 TR Logger serial number in filename User U Logger L User Joe Bloggs Logger Logged in user and logger serial 1234567 TR number in filename mmm dd yyyy L Jan 31 2007 S1234567 TR Date and logger serial number in filename mmm dd yyyy hh mm Jan 31 2007 12 34 TR Date and time in filename L yyyy mmm dd hh mm z 1234567 2007 Jan 31 12 34 Logger serial number date and CST TR time timezone in filename L 1234567 678 Logger serial number and sequence number in filename Saved dd mmm yy Saved 31 Jan 07 679 TR Date and sequence number in filename The same rules apply to the folder specifiers and you can include path delimiters backslashes in the specifier Some examples Folder Format Specified Folder Name Generated Feature Demonstrated My data My Data No formatting My Data yy
219. me will change as you enter a new sample period so you can adjust the sample period rate so that the logger fills over a specific time interval if you desire If you are logging both Temperature and Humidity the logging duration will be halved See also Sample period Sample rate issues Start delay Start time and date Start and stop with switcher Start and stop with button Enable safe range User data Password Re using a logger Start Delay The start delay determines how long after the logger is started before the first sample is actually taken The primary reason for the start delay is to allow for situations where the logger is started at room temperature and then later placed in a controlled environment Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 76 Temprecord Help Enter the time you wish to elapse between starting of the Temprecord and the taking of the first sample This is normally set at manufacture to one minute but you can alter it to any value between 10 seconds and 24 hours Temprecord has an internal time resolution of 2 seconds This means that whatever value you enter will be rounded to the nearest multiple of 2 seconds The time is specified in hours minutes and seconds When you have entered all the data you wish to alter click on OK to update the parameters and exit the form Click on Apply instead if you want to update the data in the logger but not exit the form This can b
220. mmend at least 4 digits as sufficient If you leave these fields blank the current password will not be changed A WARNING Do not forget your password key If you do you will be unable to alter the user data start delay or sample period and in the case of the Multi trip and Scientific models you will be unable to re use them In the case of Mon T loggers you will also need to know the password to start or stop the logger using the Temprecord program You can still start or stop these loggers using the button if start with button or stop with button respectively have been enabled Temprecord are unable to reset passwords or determine what they have been set to A logger with an unknown password can still be read When you have entered all the data you wish to alter in the Program Parameters form click on OK to update the user data and exit the form Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 78 Temprecord Help 5 11 5 12 Click on Apply instead if you want to update the user data in the logger and not exit the form This can be useful where you have several loggers to set up each with the same or similar user data Once the logger has been started you cannot alter the user data password start delay or sample period Check that these are correct before you start the logger Removing a Password To remove or clear a password i e to allow anyone to access the logger without a password edit
221. mon use of this option is to provide filenames and or folder names that identify the logger serial number date and time a logger was read or the name of the operator using the computer at the time The following table shows how each of the special characters is used Any other character or character group not shown in the table below is currently used unchanged in the file or folder name i e it is not converted into some other collection of characters formatting character Temprecord reserves the right to define additional formatting characters in the future If you don t intend characters to be interpreted as formatting characters it is good practice to always include them in double quotes like this A Don t assume that a character not mentioned in the table below will never be used as a c Displays the date using the format given by the Windows short date format followed by the time using the format given by the Windows long time format as specified for that computer in Windows Control Panel The time is not displayed if the date time value indicates midnight precisely d Displays the day as a number without a leading zero 1 31 dd Displays the day as a number with a leading zero 01 31 ddd Displays the day as an abbreviation Sun Sat dddd Displays the day as a full name Sunday Saturday ddddd Displays the date using the format given by the Windows short date format nominally M d yyyy in the US locale dddddd Displays
222. mum functions to position the sample cursor at the maximum or minimum temperature between the start and end markers The behaviour of these functions changes somewhat when both temperature and humidity traces are displayed If the cursor is not currently positioned at a minimum temperature or humidity sample then the Go to Min function moves the cursor to minimum temperature sample If the cursor is already on the minimum temperature sample then the Go to Min function moves it to the minimum humidity sample If the cursor is already on the minimum humidity sample then the Go to Min function moves it to the minimum temperature sample Equivalent behaviour exists for the Go to Max function The minimum and maximum functions only pertain to the samples between the start and end markers Be sure to set the start marker position to the first sample and the end marker position to the last sample if you want to see statistical data for the whole temperature record Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 117 6 6 9 6 6 10 A You can move quickly to the minimum sample by pressing the F4 key and to the maximum sample by pressing the F5 key D You can also move directly to the minimum sample by clicking on this speed button on the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window or from the pop up menu that displays when you press the right hand mouse button DD You can also move di
223. n only create them See Also Error and Warning Messages 8 10 Datafile format incorrect The file you have tried to load is possibly a Temprecord data file but the file format is not compatible with this version of the Temprecord program The file is possibly damaged You will need to read the file with the same version of Temprecord that was used to produce the file See Also Error and Warning Messages 8 11 Datafile format version error The file you have tried to load is a Temprecord data file but the file format is not compatible with this version of the Temprecord program You will need to read the file with the same version of Temprecord that was used to produce the file See Also Error and Warning Messages 8 12 Do you wish to exit Temprecord You have asked to exit the Temprecord program e Ifyou wish to close the Temprecord program click the Yes button If you have read data from a logger and not yet saved it you will be asked if you wish to do so If you have edited the comment fields for a file and not yet saved the file you will be asked if you wish to do so e If you do not wish to exit Temprecord click the No button You will be returned to the Temprecord program i q If you do not wish to have this question displayed each time you exit Temprecord open i the Options General form and clear the Prompt before exiting Temprecord check box See Also Error and Warning Messages 8 13
224. n purposes See the topic Using the Zoom Presets for more information On computers with reduced keyboards such as notebook computers use the equals key instead of the plus key 6 6 13 6 Vertical Zoom In graph view mode you can alter the vertical zoom factor with the plus and minus keys Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 128 Temprecord Help You can also access the vertical zoom functions from the view menu View Zoom Y and View Zoom Y or from the pop up menu that displays when you click on the right mouse button Q You can also zoom in vertically expand the temperature axis on your displayed graph by clicking on this speed button i on the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window G You can also zoom out vertically compress the temperature axis on your displayed graph by clicking on this speed button Lon the toolbar displayed along i If you have data displayed in several windows from different loggers the Zoom HD Window to Presetsfunction is a useful way of displaying and printing the graphs for comparison purposes See the topic Using the Zoom Presets for more information the top of the Temprecord main window i q On computers with reduced keyboards such as notebook computers use the equals i key instead of the plus key 6 6 13 7 Zoom Between Start and End markers Use the View Zoom Between Start and End function to set the hor
225. ng Messages Data is corrupted The data read from the logger was found to be invalid or corrupted The temperature or humidity values logged are not reliable The logger s battery may be exhausted or there may have been communication errors when the data was read Try reading the logger again and if the problem persists return the logger to Temprecord for fault analysis See Also Error and Warning Messages Data read from logger has not yet been saved Save first You have requested that Temprecord carry out an operation that will overwrite the data in the current Temprecord Logger data window and that data has not yet been saved If you want to have the opportunity to save the Temprecord data that is already in the Temprecord data window click the Yes button Ifyou do not wish to save the data but you still want to proceed with the operation click the No button If you want to abandon the operation and continue working with the data already in the Temprecord data window click the Cancel button See Also Error and Warning Messages Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 182 Temprecord Help 8 9 Datafile format error probably not a Temprecord data file The file you have tried to load is not a Temprecord data file The default filetype for Temprecord data files is TR You may have tried to load an ASCII data file instead Temprecord cannot load ASCII files it ca
226. ng the drying process Leave the logger inside the oven for a minimum drying time of 24 hours to return the RH sensor to calibration conditions Never exceed 60 degrees Celsius 140 degrees Fahrenheit during the drying process as this could damage the logger electronics or plastic casing Humidity sensor facing down Drying the Humidity sensor in a conventional oven See also Setting Up Humidity Loggers Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Contents 27 1 10 How Dol How do install Temprecord on another computer How do set up a logger to record temperatures How do see the temperature values as numbers instead of as a graph How do save my data after have read it from the logger How do the upper and lower limits work when Temprecord displays data How do see my data as a graph and as a set of values at the same time How do use the comment fields What are Presets and how do use them eee See also Common Problems Error and Warning Messages 1 11 View Help As PDF Use this menu item to see the help file as a PDF file The PDF format help can be more convenient as it is organized more like a book It is also possible to print all or some of the help file whereas Windows help only allows you to print one topic at a time See Also Unable to open PDF file 1 12 About Temprecord Temprecord for Windows 2000 NT XP Vista English Language HTML Help
227. nicate with the logger Check that the COM port selected using the COM port options is the same port that has the Temprecord reader connected to it mean that earlier versions of Temprecord software are incompatible with newer loggers as the earlier software is not aware of the new features and cannot take advantage of them Where a logger requires a particular revision of software to operate correctly the packaging will include a warning to this effect A Temprecord is always improving its products Occasionally changes to the logger s specification See also Logger Firmware Revision 2 14 Logger Firmware Revision 2 14 Temprecord released a newer version of the Mk III logger in 2009 This version firmware revision 2 14 implements greater reliability of communications with the logger and also faster around ten times faster download times In order to take advantage of these faster download times loggers with firmware version 2 14 or greater must be used with Version 5 23 or greater of the Temprecord software TRW Newer loggers cannot be used with earlier versions of TRW read these loggers The Temprecord software can be downloaded from http temprecord com A If you have Firmware version 2 14 loggers you will need to upgrade Temprecord to program and software html Note that the converse does not apply that is the current version of Temprecord can program and read both older and newer loggers with no special action req
228. nly reads files in Temprecord format You cannot load an ASCII file or a file that was created with the File Export function If you try to load a file that is nota Temprecord data file an error message will be displayed See also Opening Web Files Reading a Logger Saving a File Renaming a File Closing a File Changing the View Mode Pop up Menus Opening Web Files You can open Temprecord data files and PDF report files that you previously stored on the Web In order to use this service you must have arranged the facility with Temprecord Contact Temprecord for further details i C Folders are created automatically when you save files to the web See Saving Web Files for i more information To open a web file click on the amp speed button A dialog will open showing the files stored on the web and any folders that are present Select the file you wish to open and click the Open button Alternatively you can double click the filename There will be a brief delay while the file is retrieved from the Web before the file loads When a datafile is loaded from to the web the web filename is added to the list of recently accessed files that show in the File menu These entries are shown in the menu with a Web prefix See also Saving web files File saving options Web files Open File Dialog Displayed is a dialog that allows you to specify a file or files to be loaded into the Temprecord program e Select the file you
229. nstallation of newer versions of Temprecord on computers with versions of Temprecord 5 26 Build 1038 and above should retain the current settings Manual installation is just a matter of running the executable trw setup exe Installation Logs Temprecord installation produces two log files with names that reflect the release version and date These files are written to a subfolder of the folder the TRW EXE is installed into normally C Program Files Temprecord Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Installation of Temprecord 39 TRW For example C Program Files Temprecord TRW Installation Logs Temprecord 5 27 0 1575 06 Jul C Program Files Temprecord TRW Installation Logs Temprecord 5 27 0 1575 06 Jul These files can be used to troubleshoot installation issues and should be included if you report an installation problem Folder Use and Permissions Installation of Temprecord creates the following folders off the root folder C Documents and Settings lt User name gt My Documents Temprecord Defa My Documents Temprecord Reports Defa Local Settings Application Data Temprecord TRW Fold Local Settings Application Data Temprecord TRW Email Files Fold Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 40 Temprecord Help here until the emai with attac hme nts is succ essf ully sent whe n thes e files are delet
230. nt This is an internal error in the Windows printer driver Problems have been observed with some HP printers for example If you have a DeskJet 400 and are experiencing problems try using the printer drivers for the 550C printer You will need to install the 550C as another printer and select this whenever you wish to print Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 46 Temprecord Help 3 9 3 10 from Temprecord When I open a menu some of the items are grayed There are occasions when an item on a menu is not applicable because certain conditions are not met For example if you do not have any data windows open because you have not opened any files or loaded data from a logger it is not sensible to save data as there is no data to save Under these circumstances Temprecord will gray the File Save menu entry as a reminder that you need to do something else before you can use that entry Other examples of menu entries that are grayed are Menu Entry Disabled When File Save File No data Windows are open or only summary data loaded from a logger File Close File No data windows are open File Edit Comments No data windows are open or only summary data loaded from a logger File Export No data windows are open or only summary data loaded from a logger File Print No data windows are open View Go To No data windows open or view mode is not graph or values View Go To Previous M
231. nts such as the salmonellae Measuring the ability for E coli to grow on meat is therefore a useful indication of the potential for mesophilic pathogens to grow generally Bacterial growth Bacteria grow and multiply on the meat surface at a rate determined by physiological capacity and the availability of water space and nutrients Fresh meat provides a moist and nutritious environment for bacteria to grow on This means that bacterial growth will be effectively limited only by the cells physiology Having said this meat surface drying is sometimes used to control growth However it is difficult to prove effective application of drying on a non uniform product such as fresh meat Furthermore the effect of drying is difficult to quantify It should be assumed then unless proven otherwise that there will always be areas on the surface of meat that can allow unrestricted growth of bacteria Control is then best effected by manipulating the physiological growth capacity of the organisms This is best done using temperature Generally speaking bacteria grow faster as the temperature rises The faster they grow the faster they can reach numbers that can result in disease or spoilage Thus by minimizing initial bacterial numbers using hygienic processing techniques cooling meat quickly and maintaining low storage temperatures food safety and storage potential will be maximized To have confidence in the product such techniques need to be measur
232. o Saving a File Export Options Print Dialog To print your Temprecord data click the Print button The data in the currently selected window is printed when you click on the Print button You can also print all the open windows If you click on File Print All the data from each open window in turn will be sent to the printer when you click on the Print button Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd File Menu 69 4 20 4 21 4 22 To exit this dialog without printing anything click the Cancel button The format of the printed report is determined by the printing options You can change these before you print by clicking the Options button For example you can specify whether any or all of the four reports summary statistics values or graph are printed and change the fonts used If you want to change your printer setup click the Setup button The functions available from the Printer Setup dialog will depend on your installed printer but you will generally for example be able to change the printer orientation from portrait to landscape or specify a different printer if you have more than one available Printing Data Use the File Print function to generate a printed report When the Print dialog is opened you can specify whether any or all of the summary values statistics or graph are printed The data printed is taken from the currently selected window Use the File Print
233. obat this error will be reported Check Adobe Acrobat is installed on your computer If you cannot open PDF files by double clicking them in Windows Explorer Adobe Acrobat is not installed or is incorrectly installed Contact your system administrator See also Error and warning messages Error reading file Temprecord could not read from the file e If your computer is part of a network check that the file is not held open by another user and that you have permission to read from the file e The file could be damaged Run the SCANDISK utility on your computer See Also Error and Warning Messages Error sending email The following errors can result when you try to send files by SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol No email recipients specified You must enter a list of valid email addresses in the To field on the Email Options tab No files to attach Temprecord was unable to find the files specified SMTP options not set Before you can send emails via SMTP certain options need to be set Click on Options SMTP Email and specify at least the SMTP server name Normally this will be a string of the form smtp internetserviceprovider com or smtp yourcompanyname com You may need to refer to your IT administrator for this information Unable to queue mail for sending Temprecord was unable to queue the email for sending Unable to send mail error xxx Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd
234. ocess Hygiene Index Mean Kinetic Temperature MKT Mean Kinetic Temperature MKT is a way of expressing the overall effect of temperature fluctuations during storage or transit of perishable goods with a single temperature value the Mean Kinetic Temperature MKT is a calculated single temperature that is better represents the effects of temperature variations over a period of time then a simple averaging of the temperatures Temprecord calculates the MKT value for the samples between the start and end samples and displays the value on the graph view and Statistics view For more information on MKT see the topic Mean Kinetic Temperature Refrigeration Index RI Statistics Temprecord can also calculate and display RI Refrigeration Index statistics To enable this facility click on Options Statistics and make sure Show Refrigeration Index Statistics is checked The RI statistics are displayed after the PHI statistics The RI statistics are calculated between the start and Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 96 Temprecord Help end samples only Remember that if a file has just been loaded the start sample is set to the first sample and the end sample to the last sample The RI value is calculated for each sample and is cumulative If the temperature falls below 7 0 degrees C the RI value at this point is reported The RI value is also reported at the end sample regardless of whether the 7 0 deg
235. ogger Units determine what units are used when programming the Mon T specific parameters Minimum Temperature and Resolution The display units determine how temperatures are displayed in the Temprecord program When a Mon T logger is read the display units are set to the Mon T programmed logger units l e if you program a logger in Fahrenheit units and read the logger with Temprecord set to display temperatures in Celsius the display units will change to Fahrenheit after you read the logger s temperature data Warnings Temprecord will warn you if you attempt to set the upper or lower limits outside the Minimum and Maximum Temperatures as defined above A When the Mon T logger is recording temperatures outside the logging range the temperature actually recorded will be limited to the minimum or maximum temperature specified This has implications for calculated statistics It is important to make sure the range between the Minimum and Maximum Temperatures is greater than the expected temperature range These settings can only be adjusted if the option Show Mon T specific settings is enabled If this option is not enabled the fields for Minimum Temperature resolution and Logger Units do not appear and the logger temperature range and resolution are displayed in their place 5 20 Setting up several loggers If you have several Temprecord loggers to set up in a single session Temprecord makes it easy for you The button marked App
236. ogger to be stopped If this option is not checked then using the Program Stop Logger function will stop the logger without any warning being displayed first Prompt Before Reusing Check this option if you want Temprecord to confirm with you that you wish the logger to be reused If this option is not checked then using the Program Reuse Logger function will reuse the logger without any warning being displayed first Prompt Before Exiting Temprecord Check this option if you want Temprecord to confirm with you that you wish to exit the Temprecord program If this option is not checked then using the File Exit Temprecord function will close the Temprecord program without any warning being displayed first If you have read a logger and not yet saved the data to a file or edited the comment fieldsbut not yet saved the file you will still be given the opportunity to do this Prompt Before Overwriting TR Files Check this option if you want Temprecord to confirm with you before an existing Temprecord data file a TR file is overwritten If this option is not checked any existing file of the same name will be replaced without warning Prompt Before Overwriting Export Files Check this option if you want Temprecord to confirm with you before an existing Temprecord exported file is overwritten If this option is not checked any existing file of the same name will be replaced without warning Prompt for Export Filename Copyright 199
237. om a logger it will be saved to a file first The name of the file will be determined by the default TR filename option and the folder by the folder for TR files option Email PDF File Sends the data from the current Temprecord data window as a report in PDF format If the data in the current Temprecord data window is from a file the name of the attached file will be the same as the name of the file you have open but with an extension of PDF If the data is from a logger it will be saved to a TR file first and then the PDF file will be created The name of the PDF file will be determined by the default PDF filename option and the folder by the folder for PDF files option Email TR and PDF Files This option is the same as the above two but both the TR and the PDF file are attached to the email Email All TR Files The behaviour of this function is as for emailing a single TR file except that TR files from all open Temprecord data windows are attached to the email and sent Email All PDF Files The behaviour of this function is as for emailing a single PDF file except that PDF reports are generated for each of the open Temprecord data windows and attached to the email and sent Email All TR and PDF Files This function attaches a TR file and a PDF report from all open Temprecord data windows The Email TR File Email PDF File and Email both TR and PDF Files functions are also YD available by clicking the right mouse button in a
238. om the calculated refrigeration index in situations where a lag may occur The question the starting temperature is hot determines whether a lag is applied If the meat is hot or warm then it is assumed that E coli has recently been introduced to the meat surface and a5 generation lag is allowed If the meat is cold then it is assumed that E coli may already be present on the meat has adjusted to the environment and is ready to grow as soon as the temperature rises The lag phase can be programmed from the RI options Temperature Temperature is the only parameter that can be entered by the user Temprecord uses the temperature samples from the Start Sample and calculates the RI value cumulatively from then on until the end sample is reached If the temperature record cools to below 7C the RI value at this point is recorded also The Predictive Model The predictive model used in this calculator was developed by Dr Tom Ross and colleagues at the University of Tasmania The model has been published Ref 1 below An evaluation of the model against data in the literature has also been published Ref 2 below The use of these models in hot boning applications and validation data has been described in an MLA publication that accompanies the Hot Boning Index Calculator CD ROM Ref 3 below i q Remember that you must have the Statistics option Show Refrigeration Index Statistics YD checked in order for Temprecord to display RI stat
239. oming difficult to read because of crowding The format of the date and time is determined by your computer s regional settings See setting the date and time format on graph view for more information The colors used for the printed report are configurable see the Print Colors options and may be different to the ones used on screen If you want the graph colors to match the screen color make sure that the Use screen colors on printer output option is checked See also Print Options Print Colors options Setting the date and time format on graph view Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 58 Temprecord Help 3 22 The format of the displayed date format doesn t match my Control Panel regional settings When displaying the date and time on the horizontal axis of graph view Temprecord uses the short date settings from the computer s regional settings However if your computer is running Windows 7 you may experience some problems getting the date to display in the desired format This is because Windows 7 does not correctly update this format in the regional settings under some circumstances See the topic setting the date and time display format in graph view for more information 4 File Menu The File menu provides functions for loading and saving Temprecord data files and reading and printing data from a logger Checking for a Logger Reading a Logger Saving a File Opening a File Renaming a File D
240. on See also Starting a logger Stopping a logger Start and Stop with button Allow markers Allow Markers You can determine whether pressing the button can be used to insert markers into the temperature record in the Program Parameters form If you want to be able to insert markers by pressing the button check the option marked Allow Markers Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 82 Temprecord Help recording markers in the sample record See the topics using the button on the logger to mark an event and using the button on the logger to start and stop logging for more information A the button on the logger is used for both starting and stopping the logger and also for See also Starting a logger Stopping a logger Start and Stop with switcher Allow markers 5 19 Mon T Temperature Logging Range Parameters parameters for Temprecord Mk1 through Mk3a loggers are edited these parameters do not D The parameters discussed here are only present in the Temprecord Mon T logger When the apply and will not show in the parameters dialog The Mon T logger allows the user to trade off temperature resolution against temperature range This is achieved by allowing the user to specify the minimum temperature logged and the resolution If a small value of resolution is specified e g 0 05C the logger will only record over a smaller range The table below shows the temperature logging range that re
241. on Files that you load from the web are Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 70 Temprecord Help also shown in the recent file entries These are prefixed with Web A filename is added to this recent files list wnenever you open or save a file to disk and whenever you open or save a file to the Web Filenames are also added whenever these operations occur from Auto Mode If you click on a file name corresponding to a file that is already open in a Temprecord data window that window is selected as the current data window If you click on a file name corresponding to a file that is not open in a Temprecord data window a new window is opened and that file loaded into it Whenever you access a file from the recent files list the entry for that file is moved to the top of the list You can also open the same file in two different windows This is useful if you want to see the graph and values simultaneously See the topic How do see my data as a graph and as a set of values at the same time The maximum number of files shown in the recent files list is limited to 20 You can clear the list at any time by selecting the File Clear recent files list menu entry Note that this only removes the entries from the list The Temprecord data files themselves are not affected See also Opening files Saving files Opening Web files Saving Web files Auto Mode 4 23 Exiting Temprecord Use the Fil
242. on has no effect if only one of temperature or humidity is printed Preview Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 166 Temprecord Help 7 14 7 15 As you alter the above options the three preview panels show the effect the current set of options has on the printing of each of a temperature value humidity value or temperature humidity value pair Set Print Colors Click on this button to display or alter a matrix of the colors currently used in printed reports See Set Print Colors for more information Header and Footers Paper Size Click on this button to set the header and footers and paper size and orientation used on the printed reports See Header and Footers Paper Size for more information See Also Graph view options Statistics view options Export Options Total Temperature Value TTV Set Print Colors Header and Footers Paper Size Set Print Colors Some monochrome printers particularly higher resolution laser printers will attempt to render colored text as varying shades of gray with the result that some graph features or text may not be readable Check the Monochrome Print option if you are printing on a black and white printer Temprecord will not send any color information to the printer Any text or graphics which are non white will be rendered in black on the printer Check the Use gray scale option if you want Temprecord to use shades of gray with approximately the
243. on to 0 01 RH The accuracy of the humidity measurements is dependent on the grade of logger Please see the specification sheet for more details See also Sample period Sample rate issues Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Program Menu 91 5 30 5 31 Sample Rate Issues The sample rate determines how often the Temprecord logger measures and stores the temperature With Temprecord this is specified by the sample period which is the time that elapses between samples Bear in mind that while a longer sample period will increase the length of time the logger will run before the memory is filled you need to consider the effects of undersampling This situation arises when the sample period is too long to pick up changes in the temperature As an example if the sample period is set to 1 hour you cannot guarantee to pick up instances where the temperature exceeds a maximum value for a period of only ten minutes This discussion also applies to humidity if humidity is being logged instead of temperature or if both are being logged See also Sample period Accuracy and resolution Auto Mode Operation Auto mode operation allows you to carry out a sequence of operations on a batch of loggers For example you can stop read save reuse program the parameters and start a logger in sequence by doing nothing more than placing the logger in a reader Temprecord detects when the logger has been in
244. oomed so that the top left corner of the data window is set to where you started dragging from and the bottom right corner where you stopped dragging from released the mouse button p 2 You cannot extend the zoom about area past the window edges If you try to drag the mouse past the window edge with the shift key held down the zoom area will be limited to the window border The mouse zoom action is only carried out if the area marked is greater than a certain size This prevents accidental zooming when you were clicking on the trace to move the graph sample cursor If you decide to abandon the mouse zoom operation after you have started dragging make the zoom rectangle as small as possible before you release the mouse button and no zooming will occur If you have data displayed in several windows from different loggers the Zoom Window to Presetsfunction is a useful way of displaying and printing the graphs for comparison purposes See the topic Using the Zoom Presets for more information Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 130 Temprecord Help 6 6 13 10 Zoom Window to Presets Use the View Zoom Zoom Window to Presets function to set the horizontal and vertical graph axes for the current Temprecord data window to the time and temperature span specified in the Graph View Options settings When this function is used the displayed graph will be scaled so that the temperature at the
245. or aerobic growth e g carcass cooling or anaerobic growth e g offal cooling although this will be a one phase process only 3 Repeat step 1 for the second phase of cooling e 4 Repeat step 2 for the second phase The PHI will be either for anaerobic growth e g warm boned bulk packed meat or vacuum packaged cuts or aerobic growth e g unwrapped cuts e 5 Manually calculate the potential for aerobic growth during the inter phase period This is done by firstly choosing the maximum temperature occurring at either the end of the first phase or the start of the second phase and then calculating the amount of potential aerobic growth for the inter phase period using the following formula used by the PHI software algorithm and presented in the paper of Reichel et al 1991 Y 0 0513x 0 17 2 when xis between 7 and 30 C Y 0 027x 0 55 2 when x is between 30 and 40 C Y 2 66 when xis between 40 and 47 C and Y 0 when xis lt 7 C or gt 47 C Example If the first phase ends at 7 C and the second phase starts 0 75 hr later at 12 C you need to calculate 0 75 hours aerobic growth at 12 C 0 0513 x 12 0 17 2 0 2 generations potential growth per hour The inter phase PHI is therefore 0 75 x 0 2 0 15 6 The three PHI values first phase second phase and inter phase are then added together to give a process PHI e 7 For two phase processes that contain an aerobic first phase followed
246. osen the name of an existing file you will be asked if you want to overwrite that file This procedure creates an identical copy of a file with a different name If you do not want the file with the original name you can delete it See also Opening a File Saving a File Deleting a File Closing a File 4 13 Emailing Files Temprecord provides many flexible options for emailing data files or PDF reports Clicking on File Email will display a submenu with six options A You will probably need to configure the email options before you can send emails Email TR File Sends the data from the current Temprecord data window as a TR file by email The recipient s of the email and the subject and body of the message are determined by the email options The file is sent as an attachment Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd File Menu 65 4 14 to the email If your email options are configured to send emails by MAPI the email will be send via your default email client Outlook Outlook Express Eudora etc and will probably be found in the outbox Whether the email is sent immediately or not depends on how the email client is configured If the email options are configured for SMTP you will also need to configure these options If the data in the current Temprecord data window is from a file the name of the attached file will be the same as the name of the file you have open If the data is fr
247. ot enter any separator characters such as when you enter the time See Also Error and Warning Messages Invalid preset date or time The date or time you have entered as one of the preset dates is not a valid date or time Do not enter any separator characters such as or when you enter the date or time See Also Error and Warning Messages Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Error and Warning Messages 189 8 36 8 37 8 38 8 39 Invalid upper temperature limit The permissible range for the upper temperature limit is from 327 68 to 327 67 degrees C This corresponds to a range of 557 8 to 621 8 degrees F Enter a number in this range See Also Error and Warning Messages No wakeup from logger Temprecord is unable to communicate with the logger Check that the COM port selected using the COM port options is the same port that has the Temprecord reader connected to it mean that earlier versions of Temprecord software are incompatible with newer loggers as the earlier software is not aware of the new features and cannot take advantage of them Where a logger requires a particular revision of software to operate correctly the packaging will include a warning to this effect A Temprecord is always improving its products Occasionally changes to the logger s specification See also Logger Firmware Revision 2 14 No response from logger Temprecord is unable to commu
248. other words the limit delay specifies how many consecutive samples are tolerated inside the limits before checking of the samples against the limits begins For example if the limit delay is set to 5 the checking of temperatures and or humidity against limits will not start until more than five successive samples have been recorded as inside the safe range To have comparison against the limits begin as soon as a sample is inside the safe range set the limit delay to 0 See also Enable safe range Lower and upper limits Loop Overwrite Normally when Temprecord has taken a number of samples equal to the logger capacity recording of samples stops It is possible however to program the logger so that when it is filled the next sample taken overwrites the oldest sample The logger will from that time on therefore always contain a record of the most recent 7937 samples inland and multi trip loggers or 32513 samples export and scientific loggers If you are logging both temperature and humidity these figures are 3969 samples and 16257 samples respectively You can turn the loop overwrite option on and off in the Program Parameters form If this option is not checked the logger will stop recording when it fills up If this option is checked after the logger has filled subsequent samples taken overwrite the oldest sample Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Program Menu 81 5 16 5 17 5 18 Sta
249. ou select Temperature and Humidity the number of samples available is halved as one each of both temperature and humidity values are logged each sample period The display of logging duration will change to reflect this Humidity Lower and Upper Limits Temprecord Humidity loggers have the ability to compare the logged humidity against lower and upper limits and report whether the limits have been exceeded via the red and green LED s on the logger The Program Parameters form allows you to specify these limits When Temprecord reads the data from a humidity logger and displays it in graph view mode the limits that were programmed in the logger are shown on the graph These limits are also used in the values view to change the displayed color of the values and in statistics view when calculating the time spend outside the limits upper and lower limit and the displayed data and it s statistics will alter accordingly The limits A When displaying the data from a humidity logger in graph view or values view you can alter the programmed into the logger are not changed however See also Temprecord Humidity Loggers Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 74 Temprecord Help 5 5 User Data The user data consists of up to five lines of 40 characters each The user data is stored in the logger and cannot be altered once the logger has been started Don t confuse the user data with the comment fields The
250. ow markers Auto Mode Operation Saving a file Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Program Menu 87 5 24 Reusing a Logger The Program Reuse Logger function allows Multi trip or Scientific Temprecord loggers to be reused The Temprecord logger must be in the stopped state If the Temprecord unit has been password protected you will be asked to enter the password before the unit can be restarted If you wish to change the password use the Program Parameters function after you have re used the logger If you have recently read a Temprecord logger and not yet saved the contents to a disk file you will be prompted to save the data first When a Temprecord is re used the current sample period is retained If you want to set a different sample period use the Program Parameters function after you have re used the Temprecord logger you want to do this If you prefer not to be asked this question you can uncheck the D When you use the Program Reuse Logger function you will be asked to confirm that option Prompt before reusing in the General Options form The start delay is always set to the value specified in the default parameters when a Temprecord is re used You can also change this with the Program Parameters function if desired D You can reuse the logger currently in the reader interface by clicking on this speed button on the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window
251. pecified below in the section Formatting Message Enter the body of the email message This is optional You can use special formatting keywords in the subject These are replaced at the time the email is queued for sending by text according to the rules specified below in the section Formatting Email Method Mail can be sent by two methods SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol requires no additional software to be installed on your computer but preview of the email before sending is not possible MAPI Messaging Application Programming Interface requires that the MAPI interface be installed on your computer If you have an a mail client such as Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express this will generally be the case When Temprecord sends an email the MAPI interface starts up your email client and uses that to send the email In most cases this will not in fact send the email but place a copy of it in your Outbox With MAPI therefore you have the opportunity to review edit or delete the emails before they are sent Temprecord can send files via MAPI as long as your computer has the MAPI interface installed No other configuration should be required If you need to send email via SMTP the SMTP Email Options will need to be configured Display message in email client before sending MAPI only Check this option if you want to display the email in your email client before sending it You then have the option of editing the text of the
252. ph If Humidity was logged instead the trace shown will be for the humidity samples If both Humidity and Temperature were logged you can show the trace for either or both You can select between them by using the View Temperature View Humidity and View Temperature and Humidity menu options If the Show Refrigeration Index Graph View is set i A You can also change the view mode from the pop up menu that displays when you i press the right hand mouse button A Temprecord provides a powerful set of zooming functions for displaying and printing your temperature data as a graph See the topic Zoom Functions for more information i Temprecord displays key points on the graph with flags w start sample set by F7 as end sample set by F8 minimum temperature F4 m maximum temperature F5 ta user marker position mi start of rate of cooling zone 1 fa start of rate of cooling zone 2 FI start of rate of cooling zone 3 9 start of rate of cooling zone 4 fi start of rate of cooling zone 5 w end of rate of cooling zones See also Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 108 Temprecord Help 6 6 1 Changing the view mode Summary view Statistics view Values view Zoom Functions Using the Zoom Presets Rate of Cooling The Sample Cursor The sample cursor is a vertical red line on the graph that you can position with the mouse or any of the Go To functions At all times the time and
253. precord tries to select the 3 18 I cant select the Humidity options when I program the logger parameters Your logger may not be a Humidity capable logger If the case does not have a small grille at one corner it is probably a temperature only logger 3 19 The temperature exceeded the limits but the summary does not show this You may have the limit delay parameter on the logger set to a non zero value If the limit delay is set to 5 for example the logger will allow 5 consecutive samples outside the limits before it reports an out of limits condition Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Common Problems 57 3 20 3 21 If you want the logger to report an out of limits condition as soon as a sample is outside the limits set the limit delay to zero My filenames are all garbled If you notice that your filenames are unusually long and contain all manner of characters and underscores the most likely reason is that you have forgotten to quote some characters in the filename or folder specification For example if you wanted your Temprecord data files to always have the same name and you entered a default filename specification of Data from Green Logger TR The filename actually used when the data was saved to a file would be something like this 1a4_20 p m a frol1lr0920 S000123409r 4_20 p m r This is because Temprecord is using the characters you entered as formatting codes To achieve the r
254. ption is also not checked the header footer will not print but the space normally occupied by the header footer is left blank Fill in the three fields with the text you want displayed in the left hand side the center and the right hand side respectively of the header footer The left hand text is aligned with the left margin The center text is centered between the left and right margins The right hand text is right justified against the right hand margin Any of the text fields may overflow into the adjacent fields and it is your responsibility to make sure they do not overlap Thus it is possible to have a left hand header or footer that extends right across the page provided the corresponding center and right hand header footer are set to blank strings Meta string Substitution Header and footers may include meta strings These strings are expanded i e substituted by another string at the time of report generation Page current Page Page Page 1 page Pages total Page Page of Pages Page 1 of 4 pages SN Logger SN Logger S1234567 User1 5 logger User4 lt logger user data line 4 will be user data displayed gt Filename File Filename File S1234567 tr User logged in Printed by user User Printed by user Fred Windows user Computer computer Printed from PC Computer Printed from PC Fred s 9 name Computer o This report is from the Workgroup Administration group Prin
255. ptions Statistics and make sure Show TTV Statistics is checked The TTV statistics are displayed after the statistics for all samples and statistics for samples between the start and samples are displayed The TTV statistics are calculated for one or more periods starting from the start sample The temperature limits duration and number of TTV periods are set using the statistics view options For more information on the derivation and application of TTV statistics see the topic Total Temperature Value There are also options that control whether the TTV statistical data is shown printed or exported See Graph View Options Printing Options and Export Options for more details PHI Statistics Temprecord can also calculate and display PHI Process Hygiene Index statistics To enable this facility click on Options Statistics and make sure Show Growth Statistics is checked The PHI statistics are displayed after the statistics for all samples and statistics for samples between the start and samples are displayed The PHI statistics are calculated between the start and end samples only The PHI statistics are presented as a guide only They do not represent any actual measured growth of organisms present in the monitored environment The statistics calculated are based on information and techniques developed by the Meat Research Institute of New Zealand For more information on the derivation and application of PHI statistics see the topic Pr
256. questing a list of data files Web Load Connect Timeout sec This parameter specifies how long Temprecord will wait for a response from the web server when requesting the data from the Temprecord data file or PDF report file Disable Saving to Web Check this option if you do not want Temprecord to attempt to save the data files to the web This option is useful if you want to save the files to the web eventually but do not have web access at the time The files will be queued and sent when web access next becomes available Purge Web Save Queue Age days When Temprecord data files cannot be sent because access to the Internet is not possible they are queued and send when the connection comes available This parameter specifies how many days the queued entries are kept for If the web files have not been sent by this time they are discarded Connect Timeout sec This parameter specifies how long Temprecord will wait for a response from the web server when saving a file before giving up on that attempt Max Save Attempts This parameter specifies how many times Temprecord will try to save each queued file before giving up and discarding the file Note that Temprecord will not attempt to save files to the web unless an internet connection is detected Time Between Retries minutes This parameter specifies how many minutes Temprecord will wait before trying to save a file again Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International L
257. r Sample period Start delay Start time and date Limit Delay Lower and Upper limits Loop Overwrite Start and stop with button Start and stop with switcher Allow markers Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 86 Temprecord Help Auto Mode Operation Saving a file 5 23 Stopping a Logger Use the Program Stop Logger function to stop the Temprecord logging temperature samples The Temprecord logger status must be LOGGING in order for it to be stopped If you have recently read a Temprecord logger and not yet saved the contents to a disk file you will be prompted to save the data first The Temprecord logger will flash when logging stops q When you use the Program Stop Logger function you will be asked to confirm that you 9 want to do this If you prefer not to be asked this question you can uncheck the option Prompt before stopping in the General Options form You can also stop loggers with the switcher or by pressing the button on the logger dmi Inland and Export loggers can only be stopped by snapping off the tabs mis D You can stop the logger currently in the reader interface by clicking on this speed button on the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window See also Starting a logger Reusing a logger Sample period Start delay Start time and date Limit Delay Lower and Upper limits Loop Overwrite Start and stop with button Start and stop with switcher All
258. r limit or below the lower limit can be displayed in a different color You can change these colors with the values view options By default these colors are set to red and blue respectively If you have Total Temperature Value TTV statistics enabled then these limits determine the color used to display the TTV values rather than the lower and upper limits You can select the values view mode by opening the View menu and clicking on Values If Humidity was logged instead the values shown are for the humidity samples If both Humidity and Temperature were logged you can show the values for either or both You can select between them by using the View Temperature View Humidity and View Temperature and Humidity menu options i You can also change the view mode from the pop up menu that displays when you press the right hand mouse button See also Changing the view mode Summary view Statistics view Graph view 6 5 Units Changes the display units from degrees Celsius to degrees Fahrenheit or vice versa D You can quickly swap between degrees C and F with the Ctrl U key what units are used when programming the Mon T specific parameters Minimum Temperature and Resolution The display units determine how temperatures are displayed in the Temprecord program D Don t confuse the display units with the Mon T Logger Units The Mon T Logger Units determine logger units l e if you program a logger in Fahrenheit uni
259. race will change according to the setting of the display units 6 6 6 Displaying the same file in 2 or more windows It is sometimes useful to see the data from a file displayed as both a graph and as a list of values or to see the statistical data along with the graph You can switch from one view mode to another within a window but this does not allow you to see the two display modes at the same time To see a data file displayed twice you simply open the same file again You then have two windows with the same data file loaded and you can change the view mode of either of them to whichever view mode you require There is no limit to the number of data files you can have open other than the amount of memory your computer has available q When Temprecord opens another data window it will normally be opened over the top i of any existing windows To have Temprecord arrange the windows so that they do not overlap use the View Tile Vertically or View Tile Horizontallyfunctions To have Temprecord arrange all of the open windows as a cascade of overlapping windows use the View Cascade function See also Tile Vertically Tile Horizontally Cascade Zoom Functions Using the Zoom Presets Displaying data read from a logger in 2 or more windows 6 6 7 Displaying data read from a logger in 2 or more windows It is sometimes useful to see the data read from a logger displayed as both a graph and as a list of values or to see the statist
260. rd to show values above the upper limit or below the lower limit in different colors Marker Samples Color Use the Marker Samples Color button to change the color used when displaying those samples that have user markers associated with them If you do not want these samples to appear differently from the other samples choose the same color as the In Range color Be careful when changing these colors If you select a color that is the same as the background of the window any text displayed in that color will be invisible See also Summary view options Statistics view options Graph view options 7 9 Statistics View Options Use the Statistics tab of the options form to change the way the statistics view is displayed Show General Statistics If this option is checked the general statistics minimum maximum mean and standard deviation of samples time spent inside and outside limits are shown in the display and the printed reports If the start sample is not set to the first sample in the logger or the end sample is not set to the YD last sample the statistics will also be shown for the samples between the start and end samples sample in the logger or the start sample or the last visible sample displayed on the screen is not the same as the last sample in the logger or end sample the statistics will also be shown for the samples displayed on screen G If the first visible sample displayed on the screen in gr
261. re default filename and folders used File Saving Options Encryption This help topic describes features of Temprecord products which are not implemented at the release date of this version of the software Check this box if you want to encrypt your TRX Temprecord data files Specify the encryption key to use The encryption key is case sensitive and can include spaces You must enter the same key in both the Encryption Key and the Confirm Key fields A WARNING Do not forget your encryption key If you lose the key there is no way your data can be recovered Temprecord are unable to recover keys or the data they have been used to encrypt See also File Saving Options File Saving Options Web Files File Saving Options Date formattin Using the File and Folder Templates When are default filename and folders used File Saving Options Date Formatting When Temprecord is saving a data file or a PDF report file and automatically generates a filename or a folder name a date and or time can be specified This option determines whether the date and time used to format a file and folder name is e the current date and time i e now e the date and time of the earliest sample in the logger e the date and time of the most recent sample in the logger In addition to this you can determine whether the time used is in the local timezone of your location provided it has been set correctly on your computer or in UTC
262. reate spreadsheet Temprecord was unable to create the Microsoft Excel spreadsheet file when you carried out the Copy to Excel function e The disk may be full e You may be trying to save the file to a folder that you do not have write access permission for See Also Copy to Excel Error and Warning Messages Unable to create folder Temprecord was unable to create the folder When you save a file Temprecord has the ability to create a file and folder name using formatting characters so that the file or folder name includes such information as the logger serial number or the date e Your generated filename may contain characters that are not valid in a Windows file or folder name e The disk may be full e You may be trying to create the folder in a location that you do not have write access permission for See Also Formatted file and folder names Error and Warning Messages Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 206 Temprecord Help 8 101 8 102 8 103 8 104 8 105 Unable to open spreadsheet Temprecord was unable to open the Microsoft Excel spreadsheet file after you carried out the Copy to Excel function In order for Temprecord to open the spreadsheet after you have copied data to the Excel file your computer must have Microsoft Excel or Open Office Calc installed See Also Copy to Excel Error and Warning Messages Unable to open dialog Temprecord was unable to open
263. reating this image this error will be reported This error should not occur under normal circumstances Check that you have write access permission to the folder used for temporary files See also Error and warning messages Error previewing PDF file Temprecord is unable to display the PDF preview for some reason When Temprecord previews a PDF report or a printed report a temporary PDF file is created and this temporary file is then opened with Adobe Acrobat Reader e f any errors result creating this temporary file this error will be reported Check that you have write access permission to the folder used for temporary files Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 186 Temprecord Help 8 23 8 24 8 25 e f Temprecord is unable to start Adobe Acrobat this error will be reported Check Adobe Acrobat is installed on your computer If you cannot open PDF files by double clicking them in Windows Explorer Adobe Acrobat is not installed or is incorrectly installed Contact your system administrator e Temprecord places a limit of 30 PDF preview files open at any one time If you receive this error when you already have 30 PDF reports previewed to can close some of the open files and you will be able to preview further files See also Error and warning messages Error viewing PDF File Temprecord is unable to display the PDF file for some reason e f Temprecord is unable to start Adobe Acr
264. record failed to re use Temprecord has not been able to verify that the logger reused correctly The operation may have been successful Check the state of the logger by using the File Query Logger function You may have removed the logger from the reader too quickly Do not remove the logger until the message window that opens has closed again See Also Error and Warning Messages Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 192 Temprecord Help 8 47 8 48 8 49 8 50 8 51 Temprecord failed to start Temprecord has not been able to verify that the logger started correctly The operation may have been successful Check the state of the logger by using the File Query Logger function You may have removed the logger from the reader too quickly Do not remove the logger until the message window that opens has closed again See Also Error and Warning Messages Temprecord failed to stop Temprecord has not been able to verify that the logger stopped correctly The operation may have been successful Check the state of the logger by using the File Query Logger function You may have removed the logger from the reader too quickly Do not remove the logger until the message window that opens has closed again See Also Error and Warning Messages Temprecord has already been re used You have tried to reuse a logger that has already been reused You can now program the parameters and start t
265. record on a network you can install Temprecord so that each network user has their own set of options See Installing Temprecord on Networks for more information 7 2 Font Dialog Select the font you wish to use to print or display text with Ifyou are selecting the font for the summary view statistics view or values view only the fixed non proportional fonts available are displayed e Ifyou are selecting the font for the graph view you can choose from any of the screen fonts installed on your computer Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 137 7 3 Ifyou are selecting the font for the printed report text you can choose from any of the fixed non proportional printer fonts installed on your computer Ifyou are selecting the font for the printed report graph axis annotation you can choose from any of the printer fonts installed on your computer To use the new font you have selected Click on the OK button General Options Use the Options General page to set general preferences for Temprecord operation Prompt Before Starting Check this option if you want Temprecord to confirm with you that you wish the logger to be started If this option is not checked then using the Program Start Logger function will start the logger without any warning being displayed first Prompt Before Stopping Check this option if you want Temprecord to confirm with you that you wish the l
266. rectly to the maximum sample by clicking on this speed button J on the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window or from the pop up menu that displays when you press the right hand mouse button The maximum sample is marked on the graph with the ms flag symbol The minimum sample is marked on the graph with the amp flag symbol The View Go To Minimum and View Go To Maximum functions also work in values view mode where they position the sample at the top of the window to be the minimum or maximum valued sample Select all samples The Select all samples function sets the start and end markers to the beginning and end of the logged samples Use this function if you want to copy all the samples to the clipboard when the Copy function is used You can select all the samples by e Clicking on Select All speed button on the graph toolbar e Pressing the Ctrl A key when in graph view e Right clicking while in graph view and selecting Select All from the menu See also Copy to clipboard Copy to Excel Copy to Clipboard When you are in Graph view you can use the Copy function to place sample values into the clipboard From the clipboard the sample values can be transferred to other Windows applications such as word processors and spreadsheets Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 118 Temprecord Help a i The explanation below is for copying a range of samples to t
267. ree C temperature was reached The time interval taken for the temperature to fall to 7 0 degrees C is also reported The RI value displayed is a logarithmic value and represents the base 10 log of the number of generation increases over the time period If the Show Refrigeration Index Statistics option is checked the refrigeration index is also plotted on graph view See Refrigeration Index Graph View for more information measured growth of organisms present in the monitored environment The statistics calculated are based on information and techniques developed by Meat and Livestock Australia A The RI statistics are presented as a guide only They do not represent any actual For more information on the derivation and application of RI statistics see the topic Refrigeration Index The settings of the lower and upper limits affect how the statistical data is displayed See the topic how the limits are used when Temprecord displays data for more information i A You can also change the view mode from the pop up menu that displays when you HD press the right hand mouse button See also Changing the view mode Summary view Values View Graph view Total Temperature Value Mean Kinetic Temperature Graph View Options Statistics View Options Printing Options Export Options Process Hygiene Index Refrigeration Index Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 97 6 3 1 Total Temper
268. revious versions of Temprecord but is not available under 32 bit Windows platforms Faster download is automatically available on Mk3a loggers firmware version 2 14 and above COM Port Options Use the Options COM Port page to set the COM port you want Temprecord to use Most older computers usually have at least two and sometimes up to four COM ports available Newer computers may have one COM port If your computer is newer and has no available COM port you can use a USB to serial adapter Use This COM Port Select this option if your computer is fitted with standard COM ports and or you know the COM port your Temprecord reader will be connected to Choose the COM port from the drop down list COM1 through COM255 Look for USB Reader Select this option if you have a Reader with a USB connector Temprecord will then look for the reader on the USB bus and find out what COM port it has been assigned to and set that as the COM port If Temprecord is unable to find a compatible USB device when trying to open the port it will use the COM port selected in Use this COM Port above If you experience difficulties you can still select Use this COM Port select a specific COM port from the drop down list and force Temprecord to use that COM port even if you are using a USB based COM port or reader Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 139 7 5 7 5 1 Users with some older computer systems
269. rs Y Ports COM amp LPT Processors Sound video and game controllers 4 System devices gt Universal Serial Bus controllers GG e Click on the plus sign to the left of the Ports COM amp LPT line to expand the line 55 Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 56 Temprecord Help ioii Fie Action view Help e m F8 2 ma IRM2 B Acronis Devices 1 Computer Disk drives 2 Display adapters ZA DVD CD ROM drives a Human Interface Devices E IDE ATA ATAPI controllers gt Keyboards 1 Mice and other pointing devices 2 Monitors E9 Network adapters aF Ports COM amp LPT F Communications Port COM1 F ECP Printer Port LPT1 EUSB Serial Port COM4 SB Processors R Sound video and game controllers System devices Universal Serial Bus controllers Ra cy a SX j j 5 e This will show the COM numbers of any ports connected to your PC You can find out which one the Temprecord Reader Interface is by unplugging it and seeing which COM port disappears most likely USB based COM Port You can either select Look for USB reader to use the USB based COM port that Temprecord has located or select Use this COM Port to tell Temprecord to use a specific port HINT When you open the Options COM Port dialog Tem
270. rt and Stop with Button You can determine whether the logger can be started and or stopped with the button in the Program Parameters form If you want to be able to start the logger with the button check the option marked Start with Button If you want to be able to stop the logger with the button check the option marked Stop with Button The button on the logger is used for both starting and stopping the logger and also for recording markers in the sample record See the topics using the button on the logger to mark an event and using the button on the logger to start and stop logging for more information See also Starting a logger Stopping a logger Start and Stop with switcher Allow markers Start and Stop with Switcher You can determine whether the logger can be started and or stopped with the switcher in the Program Parameters form If you want to be able to start the logger with the switcher check the option marked Start with Switcher If you want to be able to stop the logger with the switcher check the option marked Stop with Switcher A You cannot prevent starting and stopping with the switcher of the older Temprecord loggers the button on the logger is used for both starting and stopping the logger and also for recording markers in the sample record See the topics using the button on the logger to mark an event and using the button on the logger to start and stop logging for more informati
271. rvice provider is GMail Google you will need to set up the SMTP options as follows SMTP Server smtp gmail com Port Use SSL checked Server Requires checked Authentication User ID your gmail username Password your gmail password 7 18 Language Options Use the Options Language page to specify the language Temprecord will use When it is first installed Temprecord will choose the language based on the language setting for your computer this is normally set through the Windows Control Panel This corresponds to the Use regional settings option If you want Temprecord to always choose a particular one of the languages available regardless of the Windows settings for language select that language here instead of the Use regional settings option i Temprecord help will only be available in the selected language if that language s help HD file is installed If Temprecord cannot find the help file it will use the English language help If you want to become part of the Temprecord collaborative translation effort click here for more details 7 19 Temprecord Foreign language Translation Temprecord is currently adding further foreign language support to our products and we require translators in all of the supported languages The translation is carried out by a collaborative web based interface and updated translations are regularly incorporated into software releases of Temprecord e Translators need not be and most likely w
272. s begun taking samples i q If you do not wish to have this question displayed each time you exit Temprecord open D the Options General form and clear the Prompt before starting Temprecord check box See Also Error and Warning Messages 8 15 Do you wish to stop the Temprecord logger You have asked to stop the Temprecord logger This will stop the logger taking samples e Ifyou wish to stop the Temprecord logger click the Yes button e Ifyou do not wish to stop the Temprecord logger click the No button You will be returned to the Temprecord program and the logger will continue to record samples unless loop overwrite is disabled and the logger has filled up overwritten In this case you should always ensure that the logger is stopped after you have finished recording samples If loop overwrite is turned off the logger will stop recording samples when it is filled anyway so it is not necessary to stop it until you wish to re use it A If the loop overwrite option is turned on once the logger is full the oldest samples are Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 184 Temprecord Help i q If you do not wish to have this question displayed each time you exit Temprecord open HD the Options General form and clear the Prompt before stopping Temprecord check box See Also Error and Warning Messages 8 16 Encryption key and confirm are different This help topic d
273. s the TR data files in folder C Documents and Settings Joe Bloggs My Documents My Temprecord Files If you were to enter a specifier of Joes Files the TR data files would be saved in folder C Documents and Seitings Joe Bloggs My Documents My Temprecord Files Joes Files Note that the specifier is surrounded by double quote characters to prevent it being interpreted as formatting instructions If Instead Joe wanted to store his files organized by month he could enter as the specifier Joes Files for mmmm yyyy In this case the TR data files would be saved in folder C Documents and Settings Joe Bloggs My Documents My Temprecord Files Joes Files for June 2009 for any logger he read in that month Joes Files for July 2009 in the next month and so on See the topic When are default filename and folders used for more information starts with an absolute pathname one that includes a disk specifier such as C or Server Temprecord assumes a path starting from your Temprecord data files folder normally C Documents and Settings Joe Bloggs My Documents My Temprecord Files G When specifying the folder name used to save files if you don t specify a path that Take care with formatted filenames and folders If careful attention is not paid to how they are used one can unintentionally create a myriad of strangely named files and folders See also Default TR Filename Default PDF Filename Folder for PDF Files Using the File
274. same density as the colors defined This can make reports printed on a monochrome printer easier to read You can also use these options if you have a color printer but you do not want the printed output to be in color Check the Use screen colors on printer output option if you want Temprecord to use the same colors on the printed reports as are used for the on screen display of Temprecord data If this box is checked then the color options on this options page have no effect and they are disabled Header and Footers Paper Size Page Format Select the paper size and orientation to be selected whenever a PDF report file is created or previewed Note that these settings will not apply to any reports printed directly from Temprecord In this case the page format is determined by the settings for the current printer If a PDF file is previewed and printed from the PDF viewer the page size and format assumed is determined by those of the PDF itself Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Options Menu 167 Print Header and Print Footer Options Check the Enable Print Header Footer option if you want a page header footer included with the PDF reports or printed output Check the Use header footer space for content option if you want the space on the page normally occupied by the header footer to be included in the body of the printed report If this option is not checked and the Enable Print Header Footer o
275. search Folders lE Address E Control Panel gt Go V4 Control Panel 2 A eS ea amp SS Fonts Game Intel R Internet Java Keyboard Qe Switch to Category view Controllers Storage Utility Options ie A gt b amp See Also R Mail Mouse Network Network Setup Phone and Power Options 4 windows Update Connections wizard Modem Help and Support 2 Printersand QuickTime Regionaland Scannersand Scheduled Security Faxes Language Cameras Tasks Center Sounds and Speech System Taskbar and User Accounts Windows Audio Devices N Start Menu CardSpace A _ lt Windows Wireless Firewall Network Set 38 objects e Click on System This will open the System Properties window Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Common Problems System Properties e Click on the Hardware tab _ 53 Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 54 Temprecord Help System Properties e Click on the Device Manager button Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Common Problems g2 Device Manager M E3 Fie Action view Help gt m IRM2 E8 Acronis Devices a p Computer Disk drives B Display adapters ALA DVD CD ROM drives 5 Human Interface Devices By IDE ATA ATAPI controllers 5 gt Keyboards 15 Mice and other pointing devices S Monitors E Network adapte
276. secaesesneeenseeeeseaesaseeeeeseeeessaesnseeneeeeees 45 9 When open a menu some of the items are Grayed scccceeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeneeseeesneeeeeeeene 46 10 When I click on a button nothing happens apart from a DeeP eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeenseeeeeeenes 46 11 My logger says it exceeded the limits but can t See Whe E ccsessececeseeeeeeeeseeeeeenseeeeeeenes 48 12 The start time displayed changes every time insert a Markel cccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeees 48 13 I have set different colors for display of values above the upper limit and below the lower limit but my values still display and print in one color ONLY 2 cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeeseneeeseesennenseseseeeeseseeneeseeseeeeeseseeneeeeaseeeeeseseeenenes 48 Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Lt Contents 5 14 15 16 17 18 19 Part IV COON OA F WN pO YO ND SB es ee ek ek ot N O O AN OO fF WO ND O 23 Part V I can t get the TTV statistics to display or print or export them to UNG ected EEEE EE T AE AE E E TE E E ET 48 can t get the PHI statistics to display or print or export them to INC EEE E E A A A E A E E E 49 I cant print my data as a list Of valUeS ssssssunnnennnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn na 49 COM Port ISSUCS i n aaaea aa raie Aana a AAA EANA ANE Sue beesnsccubeeaslocedetuelddevivedeeess 49 cant select
277. seeeeeeeseeeeeeenseeeeeeenseeeeeenseeeeeeens 194 Temprecord was unable to write to your TRW INI fil cceseseeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeesseeneeenseeeeeeens 194 The Auto Mode option to reuse the logger iS Set ccccseecceeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeenseeneeenseeeeeeenss 194 The comment fields for file lt filename gt have been edited but the changes have not yet been Saved Save file csseecsseeesseeeeseeeesseeseseeeeneeeeeneeseneeneeeeeeess 195 The comment fields for logger lt serial number gt have been edited but the data has not yet been saved Save logger data to file csssecceseeesseeeseeeeeeseeees 195 The data from this logger has not yet been read Do you wish to read the data and save it before re using the logger s ccseceeseeeseeeenseeeeseeesenneeeneeeeeeeas 195 The factory calibration applied to this logger at manufacture can NO longer be Quaranteed cceseeecceseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeneeeeeseeeeeseseneeeesesenneeseeseeneeseseneeeeseseeeeeenseeesoees 196 The recalibration period on this logger will expire in N WeeCKS cccsseeeeesstereeeneeeeeeenes 196 The Temprecord help file for the selected language lt filename gt was not found English language help will be used instead eccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 197 This logger s recalibration is due in N WeCKS cc eccceseeeeeeeeseeeeeeesneeeeeenseeeeeenseeeeeesseeeeeeenas 197 This model Temprecord Cannot be re USed
278. sensor while at the same time preventing dust and other airborne contaminants settling on or around the RH sensor The dust cover slides over the logger and is held in place by the tight fit of the cover around the logger case When the dust cover becomes congested try washing the cover in warm water after removing it from the logger then rinse the dust cover out thoroughly in clean water Make sure the cover is 100 dry before fitting it to your logger again If the dust cover becomes unusable because of damage or soiling you can obtain replacement dust covers from your Temprecord distributor The dust covers are manufactured from a non absorbent material Do not use a substitute such as filter paper as other materials can become saturated with moisture This will cause the RH logger to record humidity values higher than the actual humidity level present in the logged environment Drying the Humidity Sensor immediately void the warranty of the logger and seriously damage the electronics and battery A NEVER USE A MICROWAVE OVEN TO DRY THE HUMIDITY SENSOR Doing so will inside the unit beyond repair If the humidity sensor in the logger needs to be dried out the following procedure applies e Place the logger face down for six hours in a conventional oven that has been set to 50 degrees Celsius 122 degrees Fahrenheit e Turn the logger over for a further 18 hours There should be no more than 5 Relative Humidity present inside the oven duri
279. serted programs it then waits for it to be removed before waiting for the next logger You can determine what operations are carried out by changing the Auto Mode Options To start Auto Mode select Auto Mode from the Program menu Once the Auto Mode window is displayed you can click on the Start button and Temprecord will wait for a logger When one is inserted into the reader it will be detected and the sequence of operations defined by the Auto Mode Options will be carried out When the operations are complete Temprecord waits for the logger to be removed To end logging mode click the Stop button Click the Exit button to close the Auto Mode window Never remove the logger from the reader while Auto Mode operations are underway Wait until operations have finished and REMOVE LOGGER is displayed If you need to remove a logger while processing is underway click on the Stop button first and wait until Auto Mode has stopped YD You can also start Auto Mode operation by clicking on this speed button on the toolbar displayed along the top of the Temprecord main window See also Auto Mode Options Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 92 Temprecord Help 5 32 Kiosk Mode Operation The Kiosk mode operation of Temprecord is intended for environments where the sender of a shipment monitored by Temprecord loggers wants to impose limits on the range of operations that can be performed on the logger An e
280. sh eaten chee aaa eaten eee aca aa ante 177 25 Diagnostics REPOMrts ii cccccncceccccsststeccesace Sect seck caved saan ececadet cececddsceccecsiedeetcacisectcnad fectecestceseceivaesensade 177 Part VIII Error and Warning Messages 177 1 sBad AddreSsisiscc A te cki cee eh E E EATE TT EEEE 179 Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Lt Contents 9 Oo AN OO FW DN hBhwoOonduaonwdwowwWdunouwdwoNNNNNN NNN YN B a a d A Bat st O O O N OA FP WOH BKB ODA N OAR ON a OTD AN FCO A RAON CO Bad CRG csidcsSdesecsetecsats cedeccacttetezet cadets E A seneseted E EA E E T 180 Bad verify secies enanar eE EAEE DOEA A A TAEAE EAD S 180 Battery is CxNaUSsted ccsecceseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseneneeeesenneeeeesenneeenseneneeeesesneeseeseseeeseseseeeesaseeneesnseeeseees 180 Battery is nearly exhausted sssssnsesuunnennunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn na 180 Confirm p ssword is i validi sirin a aaaea aaar aaiae aea ap aaa a a aasa 181 Data iS COM pte serioan A iE E EAE AAEE EENS FANNST 181 Data read from logger has not yet been saved Save first ccssccceessseceeeesssceneeeeeeceees 181 Datafile format error probably not a Temprecord data file 00 ccccccsessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 182 Datafile format INCOFreCt ccceseeeeceseeeeeeeseeeeeeseneseeeeeeeeeeeeseseseneesesesneeseeseeneesaseeneeeseseeneeseeneenenes 182 Datafile format version CL Ol
281. so Refrigeration Index in Statistics View Options 7 Options Menu The Options menu allows you to alter the settings that affect how Temprecord behaves and customize Temprecord to suit your own preferences How the Options work General Options COM Port Options File Saving Options Summary Options Values Options Statistics Options bae e e i a E Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 136 Temprecord Help Graph Options View Options Printing Options Export Options Default Options Email Options Language Options Comment Labels Options Web Options Auto Mode Options Date Formatting Options Web Options System Options bae i ae a A A le le le E ee i a 7 1 How the Options work The Options Menu consists of several tabbed pages There are tabs for the following options Summary View Values View Statistics View Graph View Printing Export Default Parameters Language General Preferences Comment Labels Options Web Options Auto Mode Options Cae e ae E eee E You can select any one of the pages by clicking on the name of the page You can make changes to any of the fields on any page When you click on OK each page is checked and if an error is found that page will be displayed If you click on Cancel the Options pages will close and no changes will be made Any changes you make are remembered the next time you start Temprecord If you are running Temp
282. specify a file or files to be deleted from your computer system s disk e Select the file or files you wish to delete from the list and click the OK button e If you do not wish to delete any files click the Cancel button A You can delete two or more files at once by selecting those files from the list If you hold the Ctrl key down while you click in the scrolling list of files you can selectively mark files You can also unmark them by clicking on them when they are already marked If you hold the Shift key down when you click all files between the last marked file and where you clicked are marked When you click on OK all marked files are deleted Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 64 Temprecord Help By default the list of files is made up from those matching the wild card of TR in the current subdirectory You can narrow down your search by typing in another wild card mask and clicking on OK For example if you type M TR into the File Name field and click on OK only those files that start with M and end with TR will be displayed See also Deleting a File Renaming a file 4 12 Renaming a File You can change the name of a Temprecord data file by opening it and then savingit under a different name Click on the File Open File function to load the file you want to rename Click on File Save File Type in the new name Click on OK If you have ch
283. st be stopped Remember that reusing a logger clears any logged data so you should use the Read Logger and Save TR File options also Load Default Parameters Check this option if you want Temprecord Auto Mode to program the Default Parameters into the logger Note that if this function is used whatever parameters are programmed into the logger will be overwritten including the shipping data which may have been set explicitly for the previous trip Start Logger Check this option if you want Temprecord Auto Mode to start the logger See Also Auto Mode Operation 7 23 Date Formatting Options When Temprecord generates a filename either as a result of an Auto Mode save operation or as the default filename when you save data from a logger you have just read the date and time can be used to format the file and or folder names These options affect how the date is used to affect the generated file and folder names Date and time to use when formatting file and folder names This option sets what date and time is used to format the file and or folder name e f Time file was saved is selected the date and time at the instance the file is created is used e If Time of oldest sample in logger is selected the date and time of the oldest sample in the logger or file is used Note that this will not necessarily be the date and time of the first sample taken by the logger for that trip if overwrite is enabled e If Time of newest sample
284. sufficient memory Unable to open COMx Unable to open dialog Unable to open form Unable to open spreadsheet Unable to print Unable to read Temprecord has not yet been started Unable to read Temprecord is probably faulty Unable to read Temprecord start delay has not expired Unable to reuse Temprecord Unit is probably faulty Unable to save file lt filename gt Unable to save file for emailing Unable to save Temprecord parameters Unable to start Temprecord Unit is probably faulty Unable to stop Temprecord Unit is probably faulty Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is not in ready state Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is of a different type Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is of older type Unable to update parameters as Temprecord is of newer type Unable to update parameters as Temprecord protected with password Unexpected end of file Unknown command option WARNING File damaged Data may not be correct Web file not found Unable access parameters Temprecord is probably faulty Bad address Temprecord encountered an error while trying to communicate with the logger These errors most often result from problems with the reader or logger e The logger battery could be exhausted e The reader may not have sufficient voltage to operate properly This can occur on some laptops that do not implement the serial interface adequately See Also Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International L
285. sults from various settings of these controls Minimum Resolution Range Temperature 40 0 50 40 00 to 86 50 20 0 20 20 00 to 30 60 15 0 10 15 00 to 10 30 5 0 05 5 00 to 7 65 Minimum Temperature This is the lowest temperature the Mon T logger can record It can be set to any value within the specified temperature range of the logger It serves as the starting point for the logging temperature range Resolution The size of the steps between one temperature and the next The higher the resolution the smaller the logged temperature range The resolutions available depend on the logger temperature units Resolution Range Celsius Range Fahrenheit 1 00 not available 253 00 F 0 50 126 50 C 126 50 F 0 20 50 60 C 50 60 F 0 10 25 30 C 12 30 F 0 05 12 65 C not available Maximum Temperature This is the highest temperature the Mon T logger can record It is calculated from the Minimum Temperature and the Resolution It is calculated using the formula Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Program Menu 83 Tmax TMin SampleIntervalsLogged 253 As you change the minimum temperature resolution or logger units the maximum temperature is calculated and displayed Logger Units This parameter determines the units Celsius or Fahrenheit used to set the Minimum Temperature and Resolution parameters p Don t confuse the display units with the Mon T Logger Units The Mon T L
286. t Click the Cancel button to abandon the operation See Also Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 196 Temprecord Help 8 63 8 64 Error and Warning Messages The factory calibration applied to this logger at manufacture can no longer be guaranteed The factory calibration applied to this logger at manufacture can no longer be guaranteed The recorded temperature values will still be accurate to within 0 5 C The typical RH accuracy at 25 C for the recorded humidity values will still be within 2 0 RH from 10 to 90 RH The typical RH accuracy at 25 C outside this range will still be within 4 0 RH Please return this logger to the factory for calibration checking Some Mk IIl Temprecord loggers can contain additional calibration information to improve their accuracy If you receive the above message it indicates that this calibration information is possibly invalid If this is the case the temperatures and humidity values read from the logger are possibly less accurate than they might be but they will still be within the accuracy range stated above You should return the logger to Temprecord for recalibration Logger temperature and humidity accuracy can also be affected by the following factors e exposing the logger to temperatures outside the specified operating temperature range e exposing the logger to strong electromagnetic radiation sources such as microwaves
287. t in double quotes e g trw read export data from fred txt REUSE trw reuse Reuses the logger If the logger is not present not a multiple use type or it is not in the stopped state an error message is issued If the logger is protected with a password and no password is supplied with the PASSWORD option or the password supplied is incorrect an error results When the logger is reused all parameters are left unchanged except in the case of the older Mk1 to Mk3 loggers where the start delay is set to the value specified in the parameter default options If you require different parameters to be used specify them using the Options Defaults settings in TRW and use the DEFAULTS command line option also NOTE No warning is issued if the data in the logger has not been read and or saved This option should not be used unless the data from the logger has been successfully read and saved either by previous operations or on the same command line PASSWORD trw reuse password 1234 Supplies a password to be used when reusing the logger or setting the logger parameters to the defaults This option is required when the logger is protected by a password and the REUSE or DEFAULTS command line options are used START trw start Starts the logger If no logger is present or if the logger is not in the READY state an error results AUTO trw auto Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 24 T
288. tDate Printed on 1 2 2010 12 55 02 StartDate Logger started on 21 12 2009 A e 15 00 56 Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 168 Temprecord Help 7 16 Parameter Defaults Use the Options Parameter Defaults page to set up your most common set of parameters The fields in this page are the same as those in the Program Parameters form apart from the password fields You cannot specify a default password Once you have set up your defaults you can load them into the Program Parameters form by clicking on the Defaults button The start delay default value specified here is also used whenever a logger is re used If you enter a value of Say 00 02 00 in the default start delay field the logger start delay will be set to 2 minutes when the logger is reused You can still change it before starting the logger See the topic Programming a Logger s Parameters for more information about the fields on this options page See also Programming a Logger s Parameters Mon T Parameter Defaults 7 16 1 Mon T Parameter Defaults The Mon T parameter defaults allow you to specify the Mon T specific parameters used when assigning default parameters in the Program Parameters dialog or when using the Load Parameters from Defaults function in Auto Mode and a Mon T logger is being processed i Don t confuse the display units with the Mon T Logger Units The Mon T Logger Units determine i what units are used when programming t
289. ta from that logger in a new window Read data from a logger Open an existing Temprecord data file Exit Temprecord 1 6 Toolbars and Speed Buttons Many of the common operations you will need to perform with Temprecord can be accessed by the row of buttons called speed buttons along the top of the Temprecord window These buttons are arranged as four groups Each group of buttons is on its own toolbar These toolbars can be repositioned and docked in any of the top left bottom or right edges of the Temprecord main window They can also be undocked that is dragged outside the Temprecord main window and floated above the desktop in any position Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 16 Temprecord Help Temprecord File C Documents and Settings jrm My Documents Temprecord Samples Poultry house tr fe Ea File Program View Options Help alt Data is From file C Documents and Settings jrm My 35 11 C Documents Temprecord Samples Poultry house tr read 03 Dd 199810 a 199817 ad 199824 Oct 1998 31 Oct 199807 Noy 199614 Noy 199621 Noy 199 28 No 19905 Der 1998 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 al a 4 Sunday 8 November 1998 17 10 19 19 13 C l Sample 4 241 The main menu is also on it s own toolbar and can be moved or undocked To dock a toolbar again just drag it over any of the 4 edges of the Temprecord main window When you click on the
290. ta loaded and graph view mode is selected Copies the samples between and including the start and end samples to an Excel spreadsheet file By default an XLS file with the same filename as the TR file is created See copying samples to Excel for more information This button is only functional if there is logger or file data loaded and graph view mode is selected i A All of the functions accessible from these speed buttons are also available as menu entries and some are also available through the keyboard function keys Command Line Parameters When starting Temprecord from the command line from a DOS Prompt there are numerous command line options that can be used Some of these enable you to perform repetitive tasks from a batch file and are useful when setting up or reading a large number of loggers Temprecord already implements the ability to specify TR files to load on the command line These existing command line parameters are unaffected All settings such as COM port parameter defaults export settings etc that are currently in use are also used for any operations specified through command line options As an example of the use of the added command line options the command trw stop read save fred reuse start exit will stop the logger read the data save it as a file FRED TR reuse the logger start the logger again and TRW will then exit If any errors occur all processing of commands stops and a message
291. td 180 Temprecord Help Error and Warning Messages 8 2 Bad CRC Temprecord encountered an error while trying to communicate with the logger These errors most often result from problems with the reader or logger e The logger battery could be exhausted e The reader may not have sufficient voltage to operate properly This can occur on some laptops that do not implement the serial interface adequately See Also Error and Warning Messages 8 3 Bad verify Temprecord encountered an error while trying to communicate with the logger These errors most often result from problems with the reader or logger e The logger battery could be exhausted e The reader may not have sufficient voltage to operate properly This can occur on some laptops that do not implement the serial interface adequately 8 4 Battery is exhausted x The logger battery is exhausted You should not use the logger and replace it with another This message will display if any attempt is made to program start or reuse the logger when the estimated battery capacity has reached zero The options Show battery status and Warn when battery exhausted must both be checked for this message to display The remaining logger battery capacity is not measured directly but is calculated using Temprecord s knowledge of the past use of the logger The figure arrived at is conservative i e you may well get more use out of the logger than the displayed rem
292. td Options Menu 175 7 22 See also Web Options Tracking Options Proxy Settings Options Auto Mode Options Use the Options Auto Mode page to change the behaviour of Temprecord s Auto Mode Auto Mode provides a means of rapidly processing a quantity of loggers with little more user intervention than inserting and removing the logger from a reader Timeout This option sets the number of seconds before auto mode times out and exits when either waiting for a logger or waiting for the logger to be removed after completion Stop Logger if necessary Check this option if you want Temprecord Auto Mode to stop a logger that is logging If the logger is already stopped no action is taken Read Logger Check this option if you want Temprecord Auto Mode to read the data from the logger Save TR File Check this option if you want Temprecord Auto Mode to read the data from the logger and save it toa disk file The name used for the file is determined by the formatted filename option The folder used is determined by the folder to save TR files If you select the Save TR File option the Read Logger option will be selected for you Email TR File Check this option if you want Temprecord Auto Mode to email the TR file If you select the Email TR File option the Read Logger option will be selected for you and the data is automatically saved to a TR file regardless of the Save TR File auto mode option Save PDF File
293. ted on the next page The samples that are printed depend on the settings of the Sample Range below If the checkbox On new page is checked the graph data starts printing on a fresh page If the checkbox Full page landscape is checked the graph will be sized to occupy the whole page and rotated so that it is in landscape view with the longer edge of the paper horizontal This option forces the graph to start on a new page Ifa PDF file is being produced or previewed and the PDF orientation is set to portrait it is switched to landscape for the page the graph is on then returned to portrait for any remaining pages Similarly if the output is being sent to the printer and the printer orientation is set to portrait it is switched to landscape for the page the graph is on then returned to portrait for any remaining pages If the checkbox Serial Number is checked the logger serial number is printed above the graph If the On new page option is checked the new page is forced before the serial number is printed This option does not affect the printing of the serial number as part of the report summary Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 164 Temprecord Help If the checkbox User Data is checked the logger user data is printed above the graph If the On new page option is checked the new page is forced before the user data is printed This option does not affect the printing of the user data as part of t
294. ted page when the temperature values are printed This option is useful when you wish each line of values to correspond to a particular time interval If you specify a sample period of 5 minutes for example and you set the number of columns to 12 then each line will contain 1 hours worth of samples temperature values will print If you want all temperature values to be visible make sure A If you specify more columns here than will fit across the printed page not all of the the Auto wrap columns option is on Show Date Time Check this option to cause the date and time to be written at the left of the page The date and time printed is that of the sample immediately following Show Day Transitions Check this option to show the transitions from one day to the next to be shown as a new line If this option is checked only the time is printed at the left hand side of each line Units Check this option if you want the units printed as a single character C or F after temperature values or as RH after humidity values Degrees Check this option if you want the degrees symbol printed after temperature values Comma Check this option if you want a comma printed between each pair of temperature humidity values This option has no effect if only one of temperature or humidity is printed Parentheses Check this option if you want left and right parentheses printed around each pair of temperature humidity values This opti
295. ter the temperature you wish to appear at the bottom of the graph into the Preset Zoom Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 132 Temprecord Help Axis Lower Temperature field Click on OK Select a Temprecord data window Select graph view mode Click on View Zoom Zoom Window to Presets The graph displayed in the window will be scaled to the values you entered into the graph view options Preset Zoom fields You can the last step for each remaining window or you can force all windows to be scaled to these preset settings at once by using the View Zoom Zoom all Windows to Presets function Example 2 Matching the axes of one graph to another The situation frequently arises where you have data from two or more loggers displayed and you wish to compare them either on screen or as printed graphs The following procedure will align two or more displayed graphs to another displayed graph Select the first graph of interest e Get the graph displaying the region you wish to compare You can do this by using the normal zoom functions or by zooming with the mouse e Click on View Zoom Assign Presets from Window This function assigns the presets in the graph view options page from the axes settings for the current Temprecord data window Once assigned these presets are remembered until the assign function is used again Select another Temprecord data window e Select graph vie
296. ters that are not valid in a filename it will replace them with underscores _ If you want to specify a path as well as a filename use the Folder for PDF files option see below If TRW finds a path component specified in the default PDF filename it will be ignored QG You do not need to specify the file extension pdf If you leave the extension off pdf The panel below the Default PDF Filename field shows you what filename would be used for the given file name format specifier The installation default specifier for the default PDF filename is L YYYY MM DD hh nn ss This means that the default filename for a report printed from the data for logger 81234567 read at 12 34 56 on the 1st of June 2009 would be 1234567 2009 06 01 12 34 56 pdf Note that the pdf extension is added automatically If you want a different extension you should enter it as part of the format specifier For example a specifier of L YYYY MM DD hh nn ss rep would result in a filename with the extension rep Note that the extension characters are surrounded by double quote characters to prevent them being interpreted as formatting instructions See the topic When are default filename and folders used for more information Take care with formatted filenames and folders If careful attention is not paid to how they are used one can unintentionally create a myriad of strangely named files and folders See also Default TR Filename Folder for TR Fil
297. the parameters then enter a value of 0 zero into the password and confirm fields Then save the parameters to the logger See also Password specification errors User data Sample period Start delay Password Required The logger you are attempting to program or reuse is protected with a password The password will be number of up to 8 digits To access the logger enter the logger password and click the OK button If you do not want to access the logger or you cannot because you do not know the password click the Cancel button See also Password Specification Errors Enable Safe Range Temprecord Mk III has a the ability to compare the logged temperatures and humidity against upper and lower limits and report whether the limits have been exceeded via the red and green LED on the logger In some situations the logger must be started while the temperature humidity is outside the limits and it is undesirable for this situation to be reported as a temperature humidity outside of the limits Also there are applications where a brief excursion outside the limits may be expected and is not to be reported as an out of range error To accommodate these situations Temprecord allows you to set a safe range enable and an associated limit delay If the enable safe range option is not checked logger samples are checked against the limits from the time when the logger is started If the option is checked the temperatur
298. the data was read from a Mk Temprecord logger or a Mk II or Mk IIl Temprecord logger When using the lower and upper limit temperature and or humidity values you need to bear in mind the following Mk I Temprecord loggers do not have the facility to program the lower and upper temperature limits When you read a Mk I logger or load a file that was created from data read from a Mk logger the display lower and upper limits for that data window are set from the values in the default options ofMK TE Mk II and Mk IIl Temprecord loggers have the facility to program the lower and upper temperature limits When you read a Mk II or Mk III logger or load a file that was created from data read from a Mk II or Mk III logger the display lower and upper limits for that data window are set from the values that were programmed in that logger HMK Some Mk III Temprecord loggers also have the ability to log humidity In this case you can also program lower and upper humidity limits When you read a Mk III humidity logger or load a file that was created from data read from a Mk III humidity logger the display lower and upper limits for that data window are set from the values that were programmed in that logger If you adjust the lower and or upper limits in a Temprecord data window the data in that window is altered to reflect the new limit value When you alter the lower and or upper limits in a Temprecord data window that change is local
299. the dialog you requested e Your computer may be low in memory Try closing some other applications If the problem persists exit Temprecord and start it again See Also Error and Warning Messages Unable to save file for emailing Temprecord was unable to save the Temprecord data file or PDF report file for emailing as an attachment e The disk may be full e You may be trying to save the file to a folder that you do not have write access permission for See Also Emailing files Error and Warning Messages Unexpected end of file Temprecord has found the end of a Temprecord data file before it expected do This error should not occur under normal operation Check that the file is a Temprecord data file e The file may be damaged Run a utility such as SCANDISK to try to repair the file See Also Error and Warning Messages Unexpected errors When unexpected errors occur in the Temprecord program a diagnostics report is generated The diagnostics report contains information about your computer system and can help Temprecord when diagnosing problems you may be having When an error occurs you will see the following dialog Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Error and Warning Messages 207 Temprecord 5 27 0 1641 Oops Temprecord has encountered an unexpected error x Please help up to improve Temprecord by sending a diagnostics report to Temprecord WY Continue running Tempr
300. ting to verify its compatibility with Windows XP Tell me why this testing is important Continuing your installation of this software may impair or destabilize the correct operation of your system either immediately or in the future Microsoft strongly recommends that you stop this installation now and contact the hardware vendor for software that has passed Windows Logo testing Continue Anyway i Click on the Continue Anyway button After a short time you should receive a dialog announcing the successful Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Installation of Temprecord 33 completion of the installation Found New Hardware Wizard Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard The wizard has finished installing the software for a Temprecord USB Reader Click Finish to close the wizard lt Back Cancel At this point the whole process will repeat for the driver named USB Serial Port After this has completed make the same selections as detailed above for installation of the Temprecord USB Reader your reader should be ready for use If you encounter difficulties you can try to install the USB drivers manually See Also install the USB drivers manually Installation of Temprecord Installing Temprecord on Networks Notes for System Administrators 23 Installing the USB Drivers Manually If things go wrong with the USB installation you can try installing the USB driv
301. tion is a useful way of displaying and printing the graphs for comparison purposes See the topic Using the Zoom Presets for more information See also The Sample Cursor and Mouse Cursor Zooming with the mouse Zooming with the mousewheel 6 6 13 2 The Sample Cursor and Mouse Cursor Temprecord uses the concept of two cursors when dealing with the graph view The sample cursor is a vertical red line the indicates a given sample The sample cursor always remains attached to a sample when the graph view is scrolled unless an attempt is made to scroll it past the edge of the screen in which case it is constrained to the edge e The sample cursor is used whenever the Set as start sample and Set as end sample functions are used e When the Goto sample function is used the sample cursor is always moved to the new sample position e When the horizontal and vertical zoom functions are used the zoom operation always takes placed centered on the graph position indicated by the intersection of the sample cursor and the graph trace The mouse cursor always indicates the current position on the screen of the mouse and when the mouse is positioned over the graph the cursor changes to a cross hair e The mouse cursor is used to mark out a rectangular area when zooming with the mouse is carried out e Whenever the left mouse button is clicked the sample cursor is changed to the position of the mouse cursor e When the mousewheel is used to zoom th
302. to that window The limits programmed into the logger are not changed and the limits as set in the default options are not changed The limits used to display the data in other Temprecord data windows are not changed It is quite possible then to have a file opened in two different Temprecord data windows and to have data from that file displayed in each but with two different sets of lower and upper limits and these limits can be adjusted independently 6 6 5 Viewing Temperature Humidity or Both If the logger or file contains both temperature and humidity data you can choose to display either temperature humidity or both in the statistics view values view or graph view modes Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 112 Temprecord Help To determine what is displayed use the View Temperature View Humidity or View Temperature and Humidity menu functions Alternatively you can right click in the window and select these functions from the pop up menu When humidity values are displayed on the graph the Y axis in use for temperature is also used for humidity This means that a humidity value of 50 RH is shown at the same vertical position on the graph as a temperature value of 50C if the display units are set to Celsius and is shown at the same vertical position on the graph as a temperature value of 50F if the display units are set to Fahrenheit This means that the vertical position of the humidity t
303. ts 79 Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Index 215 temperature axis 127 temperature axis appearance on printed report is different toscreen 57 Temperature range 82 Temperature units 106 Templates using 144 145 146 147 Templates using filename and folder 141 Temprecord 27 Temprecord exiting 70 Temprecord already running 192 Temprecord already started 193 Temprecord already stopped 193 Temprecord must be reused 193 Temprecord must be stopped first 193 The temperature exceeded the limits but the summary does not show this 56 Thermal neutrality Zone 97 this model Temprecord cannot be reused 198 tile horizontally 134 tile vertically 133 time axis 127 time format 110 Time to cool 98 time to fill logger with samples 75 timeout TX 198 Timezone 140 176 toolbars 15 Total Temperature Value 97 TR data files emailing 64 TR data files saving 145 146 trace 114 trace not visible 44 Tracking logger 173 translation 171 TRW INI 38 194 TTV 97 152 163 TTV Options 152 TTV Statistics 152 two copies of Temprecord 192 TX timeout 198 ey ie unable to access logger 198 199 200 201 Unable to create folder 205 unable to create INI file 194 Unable to create spreadsheet 205 unable to delete file 200 unable to find INI file 194 unable to load file 201 unable to open COM port 201 Unable to open dialog 206 unable to open form 201 Unable to open sprea
304. ts and read the logger with Temprecord set to display temperatures in Celsius the display units will change to Fahrenheit after you read the logger s temperature data D When a Mon T logger is read the display units are set to the Mon T programmed 6 6 Graph View The temperature data in a Temprecord data window can be displayed in one of four view modes Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 107 These are summary view statistics view values view and graph view The graph view displays the temperatures as a graph of temperature in degrees C or degrees F depending on the setting of the Units option against time You need to read the logged temperature data to see the graph view of the logger Using the File Query Logger function only reads the summary data When you read the data from a logger the view mode of the data window is switched to graph view In graph view mode the upper limit is shown as a dotted red line and the lower limit as a dotted blue line though you can change the colors used if desired See the topic how the limits are used when Temprecord displays data for more information A vertical solid red line indicates the position of the sample cursor You can move the sample cursor with the left and right arrow keys or by clicking on the graph See the sample cursor topic for more information You can select the graph view mode by opening the View menu and clicking on Gra
305. ts ceeecececeeeeeee maeneo reaa denetecececcesh TEE uneon cendeectbeesdenersteeresceteden 91 31 Auto Mode Operations r a aa er a decd lececk tates ct sete deces sued ped e aaa A Eaa aaee aaraa isara ie 91 32 Kiosk Mod Operation eis ccciscc oaa ar a eaa raa eae Oaa ea epee Da aaa aaa a a aeaa 92 Part VI View Menu 92 Wh TOOIDIS arn T a 93 2 SUIMMANY VIEW seccs sacs cvc cece secceeccecetescer eneee iaa acae eae tecnccevezacessatuesaeck sucdh souaceuscenTececestouadesuevestcdeestetes 93 3 StatiSticS View a aaen aaae dace nese adea ama aaa E aa e aaia aaae aa sa aaa Eaa daada ea aaa enaa aa aaa 94 Total Temperature Value TTV scssscsssesseeesseeesseeesneesseeseneeseneeseeesseeeseneesaeesenesesnaeseneeaeeesseneesaeseseeesesenneseenens 97 Mean Kinetic Temperature MKT cssecesssessesssessneessneeesneeseeeesseesseeeesnessenesasneesaneeseesseeeesenesseessnesesneeseaeeeaes 97 Product Integrity Profile PIP csscssessseesssessseeseeeesseesseeeesnesssneessnesenneeseeseaesesneesenesssneessneesaeeseeeeseeessnessenees 98 Process Hygiene Index sccsssesssesscesseseessersseesssensnneensoesseneencoesaceessnensaneeseaeeseneeseersncesenteeesensenesesnenseneeneeees 100 Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Lt Contents 7 Refrigeration Index sccsscsssersenensceeseeenseeseceessenseneensoesneneeseersaceesneensaneeseaeeseneeseorsncesenseeenensenesesnenseneasseeenes 104 Rate Of
306. u cannot alter the parameters The same function is available with the Program Start menu entry Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 18 Temprecord Help eee T Stops a logger You must have a logger inserted in the reader interface and the logger must be in the logging state The same function is available with the Program Stop menu entry Reads the data from a logger You must have a logger inserted in the reader interface and the logger must be in the logging or finished states The same function is available with the File Read Logger menu entry Reuses a logger You must have a logger inserted in the reader interface the logger must be in the finished state and it must be a multi trip or scientific type The same function is available with the Program Reuse menu entry Starts Temprecord Auto Mode Graph Toolbar CR BrHnHAAAAAE yf E amp B amp B F4 Selects graph view This button is only functional if there is logger or file data loaded Moves the cursor to the first sample in the record This button is only functional if there is logger or file data loaded and graph view or values view mode is selected The same function is available with the View Goto First Sample menu entry or by pressing the Home key Moves the cursor to the last sample in the record This button is only functional if there is logger or file data loaded and graph view
307. uired by the user to swap between the two types of logger Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 190 Temprecord Help 8 40 8 41 8 42 8 43 Password and confirm are different You have entered a password in the Password field that differs from the one in the Confirm field Re enter both passwords See Also Error and Warning Messages Password is invalid The password you have entered is invalid Re enter the password The number can be up to 8 digits You cannot have other characters such as the space character or alphabetic characters The password will not display as you type it See Also Error and Warning Messages Password is not verified You have entered the password in only one of the two Password and Confirm fields You must fill in both fields with the same password If you do not want the logger to have a password enter the value zero into both fields If you want to leave the password unchanged leave both fields blank See Also Error and Warning Messages Password Specification Errors The following error messages can result from not specifying the password correctly Check the notes below to determine the reason Invalid Password A password must be a number in the range 0 to 99999999 You cannot specify characters other than digits here You can specify as many digits as you wish up to a maximum of 8 Password Not Verified One of the password fields
308. umber TTV Below TTV Above 52222849 60 1 4 03 1997 17 20 36 0 041667 5 5 1 0 186 32222849 60 1 4 03 1997 17 20 36 0 041667 5 5 2 0 663 52222849 60 1 4 03 1997 17 20 36 0 041667 5 5 3 10 0 S2222849 60 1 4 03 1997 17 20 36 0 041667 5 5 4 0 990 52222849 60 1 4 03 1997 17 20 36 0 041667 5 5 5 0 B61 The first line is only exported if the Include Header Row option is checked To import in MS Access you should have a table defined with field names the same as those shown above Each line will then be imported as a single record in the table The Show TTV Statistics option on the Statistics Options tab must be checked in order for the MS Access TTV statistics to be exported and the Show Brief TTV Statistics option must not be checked PHI Statistics Check this option if you want the results of the PHI Process Hygiene Index statistics calculations to be exported If this option is checked the PHI results as displayed in the statistics view are written to the export file The Show Growth Statistics option must be checked in order for the PHI Process Hygiene Index statistics to be exported Rate of Cooling Statistics Check this option if you want the results of the Rate of Cooling ROC statistics calculations to be exported If this option is checked the ROC results as displayed in the
309. unts Other Control Panel Options Add or Remove Programs a Date Time Language and IER Regional Options Sounds Speech and Audio Accessibility Options Devices Performance and Security Center umn 4 My Computer h e f your control panel window shows the category view as shown above click on Performance and Maintenance y E Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Common Problems 51 amp Performance and Maintenance Fie Edit View Favorites Tools Help Geax X 7 T JO search gt Folders Ez Address E Performance and Maintenance gt Go See Also x oe Performance and Maintenance File Types a I System Restore P i c k a ta S k Troubleshooters a See basic information about your a 2 Startup and Shutdown Adjust visual effects Free up space on your hard disk Back up your data Rearrange items on your hard disk to make programs run faster or pick a Control Panel icon Va Administrative Tools ea Intel R Storage Utility fh Nana Nntinn A c had dnA T L E 4 My Computer h e Now Click on See basic information about your computer This will open the System Properties window e f instead your control panel window shows the classic view as shown below Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 52 Temprecord Help E Control Panel Saxi Fie Edt view Favorites Tools Help E r a T JO
310. use e the COM Port does not exist on your computer the COM Portis in use by another application Select Options COM Port to investigate which COM Ports are available The Options COM Port screen displays for each of COM1 to COM4 whether the port is in use by another application in use by Temprecord or non existent You must choose a COM Port that is not in use and is fitted to your computer Other devices which also use COM Ports are a mouse and a modem See also COM Port conflicts Unable to access Temprecord Logger Options COM Port Error and Warning Messages Unable to open form Temprecord will report this message if it cannot create a form Forms or dialog boxes are used by Temprecord in order for you to enter information Examples are Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 202 Temprecord Help the Program Parameters dialog the Options dialog the Edit Commenis dialog the Password dialog the Print dialog You are unlikely to see this error but if it appears you should try to make more memory available on your computer by closing some other applications or fitting more memory See Also Error and Warning Messages 8 84 Unable to open PDF help file Temprecord was unable to open the PDF help file This is most likely to be because e The computer system you are using does not have Adobe Acrobat Reader installed You can download Adobe Acrobat Reader from http g
311. w mode e Click on View Zoom Zoom Window to Presets The graph displayed in the window will be scaled to the values you entered into the graph view options Preset Zoom fields You can force all windows to be scaled to these preset settings at once by using the View Zoom Zoom all Windows to Presets function The zoom presets are also applied to the printed graph but only if the Print Visible Window printing option is selected The preset zoom function will not work unless the corresponding enables are checked in the Graph View Options page There are two enables one for each of the X time and Y temperature axes If only the X zoom preset is enabled using the zoom to presets function causes the X axis span to be reset but not the Y axis If only the Y zoom preset is enabled using the zoom to presets function causes the Y axis span to be reset but not the X axis To quickly zoom all windows to match one particular window you can use the Zoom all Windows to This One function 6 6 14 Set as Start Sample Use the View Set as Start Sample function to make the start sample the same as the current sample cursor sample Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 133 The start sample is used in conjunction with the end sample to define an area of the sample record to be used for calculation of statistical data such as the mean maximum and minimum D You can also set the start sample to the current
312. was left blank You must fill in both password fields Password and confirm are different The password you specified in the first field does not match that in the verification field General Password Notes Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd Error and Warning Messages 191 8 44 8 45 8 46 If you don t want the current password to be changed leave both fields blank If you want the password feature to be disabled enter zero 0 in both fields You do not need to specify all 8 digits for your password though this will make it more secure We recommend 4 digits as sufficient Do not forget your password If you do you will be unable to alter the user data and in the case of the Multi trip and Scientific models you will be unable to re use them See also Password User data Sample period Start delay Error and warning messages Start time and date has already passed You have enabled the Start at Time and Date option for the logger but the start time and date specified has already passed Change the time and date to a future time and date See Also Error and Warning Messages Temprecord cannot be stopped until start delay expires You have attempted to stop the Temprecord logger while the start delay is still counting down The logger cannot be stopped until the start delay has expired and the logger has begun to take samples See Also Error and Warning Messages Temp
313. wish to open from the list and click the OK button e If you do not wish to open a file click the Cancel button Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd File Menu 63 YD You can open two or more files at once by selecting those files from the list If you hold the Ctrl key down while you click in the scrolling list of files you can selectively mark files You can also unmark them by clicking on them when they are already marked If you hold the Shift key down when you click all files between the last marked file and where you clicked are marked When you click on OK all marked files are loaded i A By default the list of files is made up from those matching the wild card of TR in the i current subdirectory You can narrow down your search by typing in another wild card mask and clicking on OK For example if you type M TR into the File Name field and click on OK only those files that start with M and end with TR will be displayed See also Opening a File Reading a Logger 4 10 Deleting a File Use the File Delete File function to remove any Temprecord data files you no longer have a use for A Do not delete files unless you are absolutely certain you have no further use for them or the files are also backed up safely Once a file has been deleted the data contained in it is no longer available 4 11 Delete File Dialog Displayed is a dialog that allows you to
314. with a leading zero 00 59 Note that this the character string nn not mm Displays the second without a leading zero 0 59 Displays the second with a leading zero 00 59 Displays the time using the format given by the Windows short time format nominally h nn in the US locale Displays the time using the format given by the Windows long time format nominally h nn ss in the US locale Displays the Logger serial number Displays the currently logged in Windows user Displays a unique sequence number The sequence number is stepped on each time it is used to generate a file or folder name and it remembered between Temprecord sessions It thus provides a convenient way of ensuring unique file or folder names are generated Displays the current timezone name The exact result of using this formatting character is dependent on the date formatting options Temprecord attempts to make an abbreviation of the timezone name for example in Rome during daylight savings 2 hours ahead of GMT this character formats as CEST Central European Summer Time If UTC time is selected this formatting character will always cause UTC to be displayed Displays the current timezone offset in the format SNNNN where S is either or and NNNN is the timezone offset expressed relative to GMT in HHMM for example in Rome during daylight savings 2 hours ahead of GMT this character formats as 0200 The exact result of using this for
315. with the times taken to reach key points such as the minimum temperature and transitions of the upper and lower limits The duration taken is also displayed The statistics view also shows a report from this data When enabled the lower and upper limits are shown on the graph as horizontal dotted lines A The display option Show upper and lower limits also needs to be checked for Temprecord to show or print values above the upper limit or below the lower limit in different colors When enabled flags display to indicate the minimum and maximum value samples between the start and end samples If a logger has just been read or a file just opened the start and end samples are set to the first and last samples respectively The minimum sample is shown on the graph with the flag symbol and the maximum sample is shown on the graph with the ma flag symbol When enabled the start and end samples are marked with flags The start sample is shown on the graph with the aa flag symbol and the end sample is shown on the graph with the flag symbol When enabled any markers present in the sample record are displayed on the graph The user marker samples are shown on the graph with the as flag symbol Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 158 Temprecord Help 7 12 Mean temperature When enabled the mean temperature of the samples between the start and end samples is shown as a dotted horizontal lin
316. xample some product may have a pH unfavorable for maximum growth some product may dry sufficiently to retard growth while other product within the process may not be contaminated with E coli Further Notes provided by MIRINZ the Meat Industry Research Institute of New Zealand Growth of micro organisms is measured in the number of times they multiply If they stop multiplying then they are considered to have stopped growing If the part of the product where any E coli are located is below 7degC they will stop growing multiplying A PHI of 3 5 doesn t mean 3 5 Log per hour it means 3 5 generations hour A generation is a doubling a Log is a factor of ten So starting with one cell a generation of growth will give us 2 cells whereas a Log growth will give us 10 cells The PHI only tells you the number of generations of growth that would occur if the product is at that temperature for one hour If the temp is changing with time then you have to work out the number of generations of growth in separate time steps For example the first hour is 37degC so the PHI might be 6 generations hr for that hour the second hour at 35degC so the PHI 4 8 generations hr for that hour If we add the two hours of growth together we get 10 8 generations these PHI figures are just made up We can extend this to minutes too If at 37degC for 1 minute gives PHI of 6 generations hr then must be 6 60 0 1 generations minute then at 35degC for 1 minut
317. xample is where the Temprecord user programs loggers which are dispatched to a remote location and the condition of the shipment is then assessed by examining the LED indicators If a problem is indicated the receiver would read the logger and email the data file back to the sender Kiosk mode often in conjunction with auto mode operation allows the shipper to restrict the receiver to carrying out a certain subset of operations In kiosk mode the user is only able to perform the following operations start the logger stop the logger read the logger save the logger data save a PDF report email the TR data file email a PDF report file exit the Temprecord program The user cannot e select values or graph views e reuse the logger e alter any of the options Temprecord Kiosk Mode can only be started by providing a command line option at startup 6 View Menu Use the View menu to display the logged temperature data and change the format in which it is displayed Toolbars Summary View Statistics View Values View Graph View e The Sample Cursor e Changing the view mode Viewing Temperature Humidity or Both Getting the same file displaying in 2 or more windows Getting data read from the logger displaying in 2 or more windows Viewing Temperature Humidity or Both e Units e Go to Functions e Find Trace e Goto First Go to Last Sample Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord Internation
318. y and feed consumption e The comment labels would be set up to provide prompts for this additional data to be entered e g the label for comment field 1 could be Building Number the label for field 2 could be Mortality and so on e The loggers are read After the data from each logger is read the Edit Comments function is used to fill in the three fields we defined labels for above e The logger data is saved to a file Remember the comment labels and field contents are saved with the file also This comment field data is now available whenever the file is accessed It also appears on printed reports you will need to make sure Comment Fields is checked in the Printing Options tab in the summary view and when the data is exported Exporting Data As well as saving files in Temprecord format you can also use the File Export function to save files in ASCII for use by other applications If you have more than one data file open you can use File Export All to export all the open files to disk You can determine the format of the ASCII files saved with the Options Export form You can also determine whether Temprecord prompts you for the export filenames first or chooses one based on the data filename and whether existing files can be overwritten without prompting first see General Options If both Temperature and Humidity were logged the data values are exported as pairs temperature then humidity See als
319. y be the first one taken by the logger i You can also move quickly to the first sample with the Home key and to the last i sample with the End key e The Go to Start Go to End functions These move the sample cursor to the start sample and end sample respectively of the logged temperatures Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 109 The start sample and end sample are set to the first and last sample when a logger or file is read but you can alter them to select a particular range of samples See Using the start and end markers for more information i A The start sample is marked on the graph with the m flag symbol The end sample is i marked on the graph with the flag symbol e MI The Go to Next Go to Previous Marker functions These move the sample cursor to the next user marker in the record or the previous user marker in the record using the sample at the cursor as the starting point If there are no more markers from that point on the cursor does not change User marker are those inserted into the sample record by pressing the button on the logger The allow markers parameter must be checked before markers can be inserted into the sample record q You can quickly move to the next marker by pressing the Ctrl N key hold the Ctrl key D down and press the N key You can also move quickly to the previous marker with the Ctrl P key i The markers are shown on the grap
320. y format is set to sh ow the duration in hours minutes and seconds with the number of hours increasing past the value of 24 as necessary For example a duration of 4 hours will display as 4 00 00 a duration of 1 day will display as 24 00 00 a duration of 1 week will display as 168 00 00 Temprecord uses a format specifier of h mm ss for these cells e Any other field copied to the spreadsheet that is not one of the above formats is generally a string a collection of characters and the display format is set to general Note that dates and durations are represented within Excel as numbers being the number of days for durations and the number of days since 31 December 1899 for dates Although these dates and durations are displayed in non numeric formats you can still reference the cell as a Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd View Menu 123 value if you wish and use dates and durations in calculations See also Select all samples Copy to Clipboard Copy to Excel Options 6 6 12 Set as Start End Markers Enter topic text here 6 6 12 1 Using the Start and End Markers The start and end markers are provided as a convenient way of defining an area of interest of the graph The information presented in statistics view mode normally pertains to the sample record as a whole but if the start sample marker is not placed at the first sample or the end sample marker is not placed at the l
321. yy mmm My Data 2009 Jun Folder tree organized by year then month Files from logger L Files from Logger S1234567 Logger serial number in folder name TR Files U TR Files Joe Bloggs Logged in user in folder name mmm dd yyyy L Jan 31 2007 S1234567 Date and logger serial number in folder name mmm dd yyyy hh mm Jan 31 2007 12 34 Date and time in folder name Once again note the use of double quotes around any part of the file or folder name that you don t want to be interpreted as a formatting character See also Default TR Filename Copyright 1992 2010 Temprecord International Ltd 144 Temprecord Help 7 5 5 Folder for TR Files Default PDF Filename Folder for PDF Files When are default filename and folders used Date Formatting Options When are default filename and folders used Temprecord has several rules it uses when saving TR data files and PDF report files Manually Saving a TR Data File When you read data from a logger and try to save it a save file dialog will display The initial name chosen for the filename is determined by the Default TR Filename You can change the proposed filename at this point The destination folder defaults at installation to C Documents and Settings Joe Bloggs My Documents My Temprecord Files If you change the destination folder in the save dialog Temprecord remembers the new folder from then on Manually Saving a PDF Report File When you try to save

Temprecord TRW User`s Manual – PDF

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Temprecord TRW User`s Manual &ndash; PDF

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Temprecord TRW User`s Manual – PDF